IB8156 - Security Camera Vivotek - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free IB8156 Vivotek in PDF.
| Product Type | Network Security Camera |
| Model | IB8156 |
| Brand | Vivotek |
| Dimensions (W x H x D) | Approx. 134 x 70 x 70 mm |
| Weight | Approx. 500 g |
| Power Supply | 12V DC or PoE (Power over Ethernet) |
| Power Consumption | Max. 6 W |
| Image Sensor | 1/3” Progressive CMOS |
| Max. Resolution | 1920 x 1080 (2 MP) |
| Lens Type | Fixed focal, vari-focal (3.6~10mm) optional |
| Night Vision | Up to 30 m with IR LEDs |
| Compression | H.265, H.264, MJPEG |
| Network Interface | 10/100 Mbps Ethernet |
| Ingress Protection | IP66 (weatherproof) |
| Operating Temperature | -20°C to 50°C |
| Key Features | Smart Motion Detection, WDR, microSD card slot (up to 256 GB) |
| Maintenance | Clean lens with dry soft cloth; check cable connections |
| Safety | CE, FCC, RoHS compliant |
| Spare Parts / Repairability | Power adapter available; contact Vivotek support for repairs |
| General Information | PoE simplifies installation; compatible with VIVOCloud and third-party software |
Frequently Asked Questions - IB8156 Vivotek
User questions about IB8156 Vivotek
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Security Camera in PDF format for free! Find your manual IB8156 - Vivotek and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. IB8156 by Vivotek.
USER MANUAL IB8156 Vivotek
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a VIVOEK radar or camera mounted on a base (no text or symbols)Rev. 1.0
Table of Contents
Overview....3
Revision History .... 3
Read Before Use....4
Package Contents 4
Symbols and Statements in this Document....4
Physical Description 5
Network Deployment....11
Software Installation 14
Ready to Use....15
Accessing the Network Camera 16
Using Web Browsers....16
Using RTSP Players....19
Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices....20
Using VIVOTEK Recording Software 21
Main Page....22
Client Settings....27
Configuration....31
System > General settings 32
System > Maintenance....40
Media > Image 44
Media > Video 50
Network > General settings....55
Network > Streaming protocols 62
Network > SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) 71
Security > User Account....72
Security > HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL) 73
Security > Access List 80
PTZ > PTZ settings 85
Event > Event settings 89
Applications > Motion detection.... 103
Applications > Tampering detection 106
Applications > VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform) 107
Recording > Recording settings 109
Local storage > SD card management 114
Local storage > Content management 115
Appendix 118
URL Commands for the Network Camera.... 118
Technology License Notice....198
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)....199
Overview
VIVOTEK IB8156/8168 is an ultra-mini bullet network camera, specially designed for indoor applications in which camera appearance is cared, such as luxury stores, antique stores and cloth shops.
The IB8156/8168 is equipped with a 1.3- or 2-megapixel sensor and the ability to output 15 (IB8156) or 30 (IB8168) frames per second in H.264 compression. It includes multiple streams with different settings and applications, such as recording or live viewing.
Users can also benefit from simple installation with the compact housing and standard PoE power input design, as well as a MicroSD card slot for local storage.
Revision History
Rev. 1.0: Initial release.
Read Before Use
The use of surveillance devices may be prohibited by law in your country. The Network Camera is not only a high-performance web-ready camera but can also be part of a flexible surveillance system. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the operation of such devices is legal before installing this unit for its intended use.
It is important to first verify that all contents received are complete according to the Package Contents listed below. Take note of the warnings in the Quick Installation Guide before the Network Camera is installed; then carefully read and follow the instructions in the Installation chapter to avoid damage due to faulty assembly and installation. This also ensures the product is used properly as intended.
The Network Camera is a network device and its use should be straightforward for those who have basic networking knowledge. It is designed for various applications including video sharing, general security/surveillance, etc. The Configuration chapter suggests ways to best utilize the Network Camera and ensure proper operations. For creative and professional developers, the URL Commands of the Network Camera section serves as a helpful reference to customizing existing homepages or integrating with the current web server.
Package Contents
■ IB8156-C/-G / IB8168-C/-G - the Network Camera
■ Alignment Sticker
■ Screws / anchors
■ Quick Installation Guide
Symbols and Statements in this Document

INFORMATION: provides important messages or advices that might help prevent inconvenient or problem situations.

NOTE: Notices provide guidance or advices that are related to the functional integrity of the machine.

Tips: Tips are useful information that helps enhance or facilitae an installation, function, or process.

WARNING: or IMPORTANT: These statements indicate situations that can be dangerous or hazardous to the machine or you.

Electrical Hazard: This statement appears when high voltage electrical hazards might occur to an operator.
Physical Description


NOTE:
- The camera can only be powered by Power over Ethernet (PoE).
- The camera can only be installed in an indoor environment.
- Install the SD card if local storage is preferred.
Before you begin:
You can connect the Ethernet cable to a PC or laptop for a live view. (See page 9). Raise the camera to the estimated position, and evaluate the field of view by tuning the mount bracket and the shooting angle.

natural_image
Diagram of a mechanical device with rotating components and directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)Installation
Mounting Procedure:
- Attach the alignment sticker to a preferred location.
- Drill a 30mm cabling hole if preferred.

- Install the mount bracket using the self-tapping screws (use anchors with hard surfaces.)

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a VIVEN camera mounted on a base with screwdriver inserted, showing internal components (no text or symbols)- Pass the Ethernet cable through the cabling hole or along the wall.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a YINTEK robotic arm with attached cable (no text or symbols)Below is the installation sample for IB8156-G and IB8168-G.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with rotating base and cylindrical component (no text or symbols)- If the camera is installed upside down, re-install the front cover so that the protruding edge is on top.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical testing setup with no visible text or symbols
NOTE:
- The product is not likely to require connection to an Ethernet network with outside plant routing, including campus environment.
- For PoE connection, use only UL listed I.T.E. with PoE output.
Watching the video:
Connect the camera to a PC or laptop. Install and use the IW2 utility to discover your camera on LAN. Double-click on the camera entry to open a web session.

Hardware Reset

The reset button is used to reset the system or restore the factory default settings. Sometimes resetting the system can return the camera to normal operation. If the system problems remain after reset, restore the factory settings and install again.
Reset: Press and release the recessed reset button with a straightened paper clip. Wait for the Network Camera to reboot.
Restore: Press and hold the recessed reset button until the status LED rapidly blinks. Note that all settings will be restored to factory default. Upon successful restore, the status LED will blink green and red during normal operation.
Micro SD/SDHC/SDXC Card Capacity
This network camera is compliant with Micro SD/SDHC/SDXC 8GB, 16GB, or 64GB and other preceding standard SD cards.
Network Deployment
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
When using a PoE-enabled switch
The Network Camera is PoE-compliant, allowing transmission of power and data via a single Ethernet cable. Follow the below illustration to connect the Network Camera to a PoE-enabled switch via Ethernet cable.

When using a non-PoE switch
Use a PoE power injector (optional) to connect between the Network Camera and a non-PoE switch.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Robot with antenna"] --> B["PoE Power Injector (optional)"]
B --> C["Switch"]
C --> D["Non-PoE Switch"]
Internet connection via a router
Before setting up the Network Camera over the Internet, make sure you have a router and follow the steps below.
- Connect your Network Camera behind a router, the Internet environment is illustrated below. Regarding how to obtain your IP address, please refer to Software Installation on page 14 for details.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Internet"] --> B["Cable or DSL Modem"]
B --> C["WAN (Wide Area Network) Router IP address: from ISP"]
C --> D["LAN (Local Area Network) Router IP address: 192.168.0.1"]
D --> E["IP address: 192.168.0.3\nSubnet mask: 255.255.255.0\nDefault router: 192.168.0.1"]
D --> F["IP address: 192.168.0.2\nSubnet mask: 255.255.255.0\nDefault router: 192.168.0.1"]
- In this case, if the Local Area Network (LAN) IP address of your Network Camera is 192.168.0.3, please forward the following ports for the Network Camera on the router.
■ HTTP port: default is 80
■ RTSP port: default is 554
■ RTP port for audio: default is 5558
■ RTCP port for audio: default is 5559
■ RTP port for video: default is 5556
■ RTCP port for video: default is 5557
If you have changed the port numbers on the Network page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For information on how to forward ports on the router, please refer to your router's user's manual.
- Find out the public IP address of your router provided by your ISP (Internet Service Provider). Use the public IP and the secondary HTTP port to access the Network Camera from the Internet. Please refer to Network Type on page 55 for details.
For example, your router and IP settings may look like this:
| Device IP Address: internal port | IP Address: External Port (Mapped port on the router) |
| Public IP of router 12 | 2.146.57.120 |
| LAN IP of router 192 | 168.2.1 |
| Camera 1 192.168.2 | 10:80 122.146.57.120:8000 |
| Camera 2 192.168.2 | 11:80 122.146.57.120:8001 |
| ... ... ... |
Configure the router, virtual server or firewall, so that the router can forward any data coming into a preconfigured port number to a network camera on the private network, and allow data from the camera to be transmitted to the outside of the network over the same path.
| From Forward to | |
| 122.146.57.120:8000 19 | 2.168.2.10:80 |
| 122.146.57.120:8001 19 | 2.168.2.11:80 |
| ... ... |
When properly configured, you can access a camera behind the router using the HTTP request as follows: http://122.146.57.120:8000
If you change the port numbers on the Network configuration page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For example, you can open a management session with your router to configure access through the router to the camera within your local network. Please consult your network administrator for router configuration if you have troubles with the configuration.
For more information with network configuration options (such as that of streaming ports), please refer to Configuration > Network Settings. VIVOTEK also provides the automatic port forwarding feature as an NAT traversal function with the precondition that your router must support the UPnP port forwarding feature.

Internet connection with static IP
Choose this connection type if you are required to use a static IP for the Network Camera. Please refer to LAN setting on page 55 for details.
Internet connection via PPPoE (Point-to-Point over Ethernet)
Choose this connection type if you are connected to the Internet via a DSL Line. Please refer to PPPoE on page 56 for details.
Software Installation
Installation Wizard 2 (IW2), free-bundled software included on the product CD, helps you set up your Network Camera on the LAN.
- Install IW2 under the Software Utility directory from the software CD. Double-click the IW2 shortcut on your desktop to launch the program.

- The program will conduct an analysis of your network environment. After your network environment is analyzed, please click Next to continue the program.

- The program will search for all VIVOTEK network devices on the same LAN.
- After a brief search, the installer window will prompt. Click on the MAC and model name that matches the one printed on the product label. You can then double-click on the address to open a management session with the Network Camera.


Ready to Use
- A browser session with the Network Camera should prompt as shown below.
- You should be able to see live video from your camera. You may also install the 32-channel recording software from the software CD in a deployment consisting of multiple cameras. For its installation details, please refer to its related documents.

Accessing the Network Camera
This chapter explains how to access the Network Camera through web browsers, RTSP players, 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, and VIVOTEK recording software.
Using Web Browsers
Use Installation Wizard 2 (IW2) to access the Network Cameras on LAN.
If your network environment is not a LAN, follow these steps to access the Network Camera:
- Launch your web browser (ex. Microsoft® Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, or Google Chrome).
- Enter the IP address of the Network Camera in the address field. Press Enter.
- The live video will be displayed in your web browser.
- If it is the first time installing the VIVOTEK network camera, an information bar will pop up as shown below. Follow the instructions to install the required plug-in on your computer.



NOTE:
For Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome users, your browser will use Quick Time to stream the live video. If you don't have Quick Time on your computer, please download it first, then launch the web browser.


▶ By default, the Network Camera is not password-protected. To prevent unauthorized access, it is highly recommended to set a password for the Network Camera.
For more information about how to enable password protection, please refer to Security on page 72.
If you see a dialog box indicating that your security settings prohibit running ActiveX Controls, please enable the ActiveX® Controls for your browser.
- Choose Tools > Internet Options > Security > Custom Level.

- Look for Download signed ActiveX® controls; select Enable or Prompt. Click OK.

- Refresh your web browser, then install the ActiveXcontrol. Follow the instructions to complete installation.

IMPORTANT:
- Currently the Network Camera utilizes 32-bit ActiveX plugin. You CAN NOT open a management/view session with the camera using a 64-bit IE browser.
- If you encounter this problem, try execute the Iexplore.exe program from C:\Windows\SysWOW64. A 32-bit version of IE browser will be installed.
- On Windows 7, the 32-bit explorer browser can be accessed from here: C:\Program Files (x86)\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe

NOTE:
- For a megapixel camera, it is recommended to use monitors of the 24" size or larger, and are capable of 1600x1200 or better resolutions.
- Below are the defaults for Audio settings:
For cameras with built-in microphone: Not Muted.
For cameras without built-in microphone: Muted.
To receive audio input from external microphone, you may need to enable the audio input from Media > Audio. Refer to page 55 for more information.

Tips:
- The onscreen Java control can malfunction under the following situations:
A PC connects to different cameras that are using the same IP address (or the same camera running different firmware versions). Removing your browser cookies will solve this problem. - In the event of plug-in compatibility issues, you may try to uninstall the plug-in that was previously installed.

Using RTSP Players
To view the MPEG-4 streaming media using RTSP players, you can use one of the following players that support RTSP streaming.

Quick Time Player
VLC Player
VLC media player
- Launch the RTSP player.
- Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.
- The address format is rtsp://
: /
As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 63.
For example:

- The live video will be displayed in your player.
For more information on how to configure the RTSP access name, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 63 for details.

natural_image
Interior view of a modern bookstore with circular bookshelves and a central circular platform, no visible text or signage.Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices
To view the streaming media through 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, make sure the Network Camera can be accessed over the Internet. For more information on how to set up the Network Camera over the Internet, please refer to Setup the Network Camera over the Internet on page 11.
To utilize this feature, please check the following settings on your Network Camera:
-
Because most players on 3GPP mobile phones do not support RTSP authentication, make sure the authentication mode of RTSP streaming is set to disable. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 63.
-
As the bandwidth on 3G networks is limited, you will not be able to use a large video size. Please set the video and audio streaming parameters as listed below. For more information, please refer to Stream settings on page 50.
| Video Mode H.264 | |
| Frame size 176 x 144 | |
| Maximum frame rate 5 fps | |
| Intra frame period 1S | |
| Video quality (Constant bit rate) 40kbps | |
| Audio type (G.711) PCMU | |
-
As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please configure the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 63.
-
Launch the player on the 3GPP-compatible mobile devices (e.g., VLC Player).
-
Type the following URL commands into the player. The address format is rtsp://
: / .
For example:

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software
The product software CD also contains an ST-7501 recording software, allowing simultaneous monitoring and video recording for multiple Network Cameras. Please install the recording software; then launch the program to add the Network Camera to the Channel list. For detailed information about how to use the recording software, please refer to the user's manual of the software or download it from http://www.vivotek.com.

Main Page
This chapter explains the layout of the main page. It is composed of the following sections: VIVOTEK INC. Logo, Host Name, Camera Control Area, Configuration Area, Menu, and Live Video Window.

VIVOTEK INC. Logo
Click this logo to visit the VIVOTEK website.
Host Name
The host name can be customized to fit your needs. For more information, please refer to System on page 32.
Camera Control Area
Video Stream: This Network Camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. You can select any one for live viewing. For more information about multiple streams, please refer to page 50 for detailed information.
Manual Trigger: Click to enable/disable an event trigger manually. Please configure an event setting on Application page before enable this function. A total of 3 event settings can be configured. For more information about event setting, please refer to page 88. If you want to hide this item on the homepage, please go to Configuration> System > Homepage Layout > General settings > Customized button to deselect "show manual trigger button".
Global View: Click on this item to display the Global View window. The Global View window contains a full view image (the largest frame size of the captured video) and a floating frame (the viewing region of the current video stream). The floating frame allows users to control the e-PTZ function (Electronic Pan/Tilt/Zoom). For more information about e-PTZ operation, please refer to E-PTZ Operation on page 85. For more information about how to set up the viewing region of the current video stream, please refer to page 60.

PTZ Panel: This Network Camera supports "digital" (e-PTZ) pan/tilt/zoom control. Please refer to PTZ settings on page 85 for detailed information.
Configuration Area
Client Settings: Click this button to access the client setting page. For more information, please refer to Client Settings on page 27.
Configuration: Click this button to access the configuration page of the Network Camera. It is suggested that a password be applied to the Network Camera so that only the administrator can configure the Network Camera. For more information, please refer to Configuration on page 31.
Language: Click this button to choose a language for the user interface. Language options are available in: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體中文. Please note that you can also change a language on the Configuration page; please refer to page 31.
Hide Button
You can click the hide button to hide the control panel or display the control panel.
Resize Buttons

Click the Auto button, the video cell will resize automatically to fit the monitor.
Click 100% is to display the original homepage size.
Click 50% is to resize the homepage to 50% of its original size.
Click 25% is to resize the homepage to 25% of its original size.
Live Video Window
■ The following window is displayed when the video mode is set to H.264 / MPEG-4:

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Video Settings on page 44.
H.264 Protocol and Media Options: The transmission protocol and media options for H.264 / MPEG-4 video streaming. For further configuration, please refer to Client Settings on page 27.
Time: Display the current time. For further configuration, please refer to Media > Image > Genral settings on page 44.
Title and Time: The video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For further configuration, please refer to Media > Image > General settings on page 44.
Video Control Buttons: Depending on the Network Camera model and Network Camera configuration, some buttons may not be available.

Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP.mp) format.

Digital Zoom: Click and uncheck "Disable digital zoom" to enable the zoom operation. The navigation been indicates the part of the image being magnified. To control the zoom level, drag the slider bar. To ve to a different area you want to magnify, drag the navigation screen.


Pause: Pause the transmission of the streaming media. The button becomes the Resume button or clicking the Pause button.

Stop: Stop the transmission of the streaming media. Click the ▶ Resume button to continue smission.

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer.
ss the □ Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video
ording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 Saving
ions on page 28 for details.

Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.
■ The following window is displayed when the video mode is set to MJPEG:

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 44.
Time: Display the current time. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 44.
Title and Time: Video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 44.
Video and Audio Control Buttons: Depending on the Network Camera model and Network Camera configuration, some buttons may not be available.
Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed in a pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP (*.bmp) format.
Digital Zoom: Click and uncheck "Disable digital zoom" to enable the zoom operation. The navigation screen indicates the part of the image being magnified. To control the zoom level, drag the slider bar. To move to a different area you want to magnify, drag the navigation screen.

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer. Press the □ Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video recording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 Saving Options on page 28 for details.
Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.
Client Settings
This chapter explains how to select the stream transmission mode and saving options on the local computer. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save on the page bottom to enable the settings.
H.264 Protocol Options
H.264 Protocol Options
○ UDP Unicast
○ UDP Multicast
TCP
HTTP
Depending on your network environment, there are four transmission modes of H.264 or MPEG-4 streaming:
UDP unicast: This protocol allows for more real-time audio and video streams. However, network packets may be lost due to network burst traffic and images may be broken. Activate UDP connection when occasions require time-sensitive responses and the video quality is less important. Note that each unicast client connecting to the server takes up additional bandwidth and the Network Camera allows up to ten simultaneous accesses.
UDP multicast: This protocol allows multicast-enabled routers to forward network packets to all clients requesting streaming media. This helps to reduce the network transmission load of the Network Camera while serving multiple clients at the same time. Note that to utilize this feature, the Network Camera must be configured to enable multicast streaming at the same time. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 63.
TCP: This protocol guarantees the complete delivery of streaming data and thus provides better video quality. The downside of this protocol is that its real-time effect is not as good as that of the UDP protocol.
HTTP: This protocol allows the same quality as TCP protocol without needing to open specific ports for streaming under some network environments. Users inside a firewall can utilize this protocol to allow streaming data through.
MP4 Saving Options

Users can record live video as they are watching it by clicking Start MP4 Recording on the main page. Here, you can specify the storage destination and file name.
Folder: Specify a storage destination for the recorded video files.
File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the video file name.
Add date and time suffix to the file name: Select this option to append the date and time to the end of the file name.

Local Streaming Buffer Time

In a busy network, fluctuations in available bandwidth can occur. Video streaming may lag and may not proceed very smoothly. If you enable this option, video streams from the camera will be temporarily stored on the computer's cache memory for a configurable period of time (seconds or milliseconds) before being played on a web session. This will help you see the streaming more smoothly. If you enter 3000 Millisecond, the streaming will delay for 3 seconds.
Joystick Settings

Enable Joystick
Connect to the USB plug of the joystick to a USB port on your management computer. Supported by the plug-in in the main page (Microsoft's DirectX), once the plug-in in the main page is loaded, it will automatically detect if there is any joystick on the computer. The joystick should work properly without installing any other driver or software.
Then you can begin to configure the joystick settings of connected devices. Please follow the instructions below to enable joystick settings.
- Right-click on a live view window. Select Joystick Settings. If your joystick is working properly, it will be displayed on the drop-down list.
- Select the joystick you want to configure. Check Enable Joystick, then click Configure Buttons to open Buttons configuration window.

NOTE:
- If you want to assign Preset actions to your joystick, the preset locations should be configured in advance in the Configuration > PTZ page.
- If your joystick is not working properly, it may need to be calibrated. Click the Calibrate button to open the Game Controllers window located in Microsoft Windows control panel and follow the instructions for trouble shooting.
- The joystick will appear in the Game Controllers list in the Windows Control panel. If you want to check out for your devices, go to the following page: Start -> Control Panel -> Game Controllers.

Buttons Configuration
Click the Configure Buttons button, a window will prompt as shown below. Please follow the steps below to configure your joystick buttons:
- Select a button number from the Button # pull-down menu.


Tips:
If you are not sure of the locations of each button, use the Properties window in the Game Controllers utility.

- Select a corresponding action, such as Patrol or Preset#.
- Click the Assign button to assign an action to the button. You can delete an association by selecting a button number, and then click the Delete button.
Repeat the process until you are done with the configuration of all preferred actions.
The buttons you define should appear on the button list accordingly.
- Please remember to click the Save button on the Client settings page to preserver your settings.

Configuration
Click Configuration on the main page to enter the camera setting pages. Note that only Administrators can access the configuration page.
The Navigation Area provides access to the Home page (the monitoring page for live viewing), Client settings, Configuration page, and multi-language selection.

System > General settings
This section explains how to configure the basic settings for the Network Camera, such as the host name and system time. It is composed of the following two columns: System, and System Time. When finished with the settings on this page, click Save at the bottom of the page to enable the settings.
System
System
Host name:
Mega-Pixel Network Camera

Turn off the LED indicator
Host name: Enter a desired name for the Network Camera. The text will be displayed at the top of the main page, and also on the view cell of ST-7501 and VAST management software.
Turn off the LED indicators: If you do not want others to notice the network camera is in operation, you can select this option to turn off the LED indicators.
System time

Time zone : Select the appropriate time zone from the list. If you want to upload Daylight Savings Time rules, please refer to System > Maintenance > Import/ Export files on page 41 for details.
Keep current date and time: Select this option to preserve the current date and time of the Network Camera. The Network Camera's internal real-time clock maintains the date and time even when the power of the system is turned off.
Synchronize with computer time: Select this option to synchronize the date and time of the Network Camera with the local computer. The read-only date and time of the PC is displayed as updated.
Manual: The administrator can enter the date and time manually. Note that the date and time format are [yyyy/mm/dd] and [hh:mm:ss].
Automatic: The Network Time Protocol is a protocol which synchronizes computer clocks by periodically querying an NTP Server.
NTP server: Assign the IP address or domain name of the time-server. Leaving the text box blank connects the Network Camera to the default NTP time servers.
Update interval: Select to update the time using the NTP server on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis.
This section explains how to set up your own customized homepage layout.
General settings
This column shows the settings of your homage layout. You can manually select the background and font colors in Theme Options (the second tab on this page). The settings will be displayed automatically in this Preview field. The following shows the homepage using the default settings:

■ Hide Powered by VIVOTEK: If you check this item, it will be removed from the homepage.
Logo graph
Here you can change the logo at the top of your homepage.

Follow the steps below to upload a new logo:
- Click Custom and the Browse field will appear.
- Select a logo from your files.
- Click Upload to replace the existing logo with a new one.
- Enter a website link if necessary.
- Click Save to enable the settings.
Customized button
If you want to hide manual trigger buttons on the homepage, please uncheck this item. This item is selected by default. Customized button

Theme Options
Here you can change the color of your homepage layout. There are three types of preset patterns for you to choose from. The new layout will simultaneously appear in the Preview filed. Click Save to enable the settings.


■ Follow the steps below to set up the customed homepage:
- Click Custom on the left column.
- Click the field where you want to change the color on the right column.

- The palette window will pop up as shown below.


- Drag the slider bar and click on the left square to select a desired color.
- The selected color will be displayed in the corresponding fields and in the Preview column.
- Click Save to enable the settings.
System > Logs
This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to send the system log to a remote server as backup.
Log server settings

Follow the steps below to set up the remote log:
- Select Enable remote log.
- In the IP address text box, enter the IP address of the remote server.
- In the port text box, enter the port number of the remote server.
- When completed, click Save to enable the setting.
You can configure the Network Camera to send the system log file to a remote server as a log backup. Before utilizing this feature, it is suggested that the user install a log-recording tool to receive system log messages from the Network Camera. An example is Kiwi Syslog Daemon. Visit http://www.kiwisyslog.com/kiwi-syslog-daemon-overview/.

System log
![Jan 5 11:36:07 syslogd 1.5.0 restart. Jan 5 11:36:08 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch httpd. Jan 5 11:36:09 [EVENT MGR]: Starting eventmgr with support for EcTun Jan 5 11:36:11 [DRM Service]: Starting DRM service. Jan 5 11:36:20 [UPnPIGDCP]: Search IGD failed Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[718]: >> mount: mounting /dev/mmcblk0p1 on /mnt/auto/CF failed: No such device or address Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[718]: mount:generic): failed to mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 (type vfat) on /mnt/auto/CF Jan 5 11:36:23 [IR Cut Control]: Day mode Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[728]: >> mount: mounting /dev/mmcblk0p1 on /mnt/auto/CF failed: No such device or address Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[728]: mount:generic): failed to mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 (type vfat) on /mnt/auto/CF Jan 5 11:36:23 [IR Cut Control]: Day mode Jan 5 11:36:23 [SYS]: Serial number = 0002D10ED4C9 Jan 5 11:36:23 [SYS]: System starts at Wed Jan 5 11:36:23 UTC 2011](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/ec81e8ad99fe4967064108687755e4d5aab2056d4c4ee834b269e75b0fbf5d4a.jpg)
This column displays the system log in a chronological order. The system log is stored in the Network Camera's buffer area and will be overwritten when reaching a certain limit.
You can install the included ST7501 recording software, which provides an Event Management function group for delivering event messages via emails, GSM short messages, onscreen event panel, or to trigger an alarm, etc. For more information, refer to the ST7501 User Manual.

flowchart
graph TD
A["VIVOTEK Network Cameras"] --> B["Internet"]
C["3G Cell phone"] --> B
D["3G Cell phone Short message"] --> E["PC with ST7501 Recording Software"]
F["GSM Modem"] --> E
G["Cell phone"] --> E
H["PTZ"] --> I["Digital output"]
J["Email"] --> E
K["HTTP"] --> E
L["Digital output"] --> E
Access log
System log Access log
Jan 5 11:36:28 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=172.16.2.52
Jan 5 11:49:15 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.105
Jan 5 13:11:20 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.105
Access log displays the access time and IP address of all viewers (including operators and administrators) in a chronological order. The access log is stored in the Network Camera's buffer area and will be overwritten when reaching a certain limit.
System > Parameters
The View Parameters page lists the entire system's parameters. If you need technical assistance, please provide the information listed on this page.
Parameters
system_hostname='Mega-Pixel Network Camera'
system_ledoff='0'
system_lowlight='1'
system_date='2000/01/01'
system_time='00:49:26'
system_datetime=''
system_ntp=''
system_timezone timezoneindex='320'
system_daylight_enable='0'
system_daylight_dstactualmode='1'
system_daylight_auto_begintime='NONE'
system_daylight_auto_endtime='NONE'
system_daylight_timezones=',-360,-320,-280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-1'
system_updateinterval='0'
system_info_modelname='IB8156'
system_info_extendedmodelname='IB8156'
system_info_serialnumber='0002D12A5531'
system_info_firmwareversion='IB8156-VVTK-0100b'
system_info_language_count='9'
system_info_language_i0='English'
system_info_language_i1='Deutsch'
system_info_language_i2='Español'
system_info_language_i3='Français'
system_info_language_i4='Italiano'
system_info_language_i5='日本語'
system_info_language_i6='Português'
system_info_language_i7='简体中文'
system_info_language_i8='繁體中文'
System > Maintenance
This chapter explains how to restore the Network Camera to factory default, upgrade firmware version, etc.
General settings > Upgrade firmware
Upgrade firmware
Firmware file:
Browse.
Upgrade
This feature allows you to upgrade the firmware of your Network Camera. It takes a few minutes to complete the process.
Note: Do not power off the Network Camera during the upgrade!
Follow the steps below to upgrade the firmware:
- Download the latest firmware file from the VIVOTEK website. The file is in .pkg file format.
- Click Browse... and specify the firmware file.
- Click Upgrade. The Network Camera starts to upgrade and will reboot automatically when the upgrade completes.
If the upgrade is successful, you will see "Reboot system now!! This connection will close". After that, re-access the Network Camera.
The following message is displayed when the upgrade has succeeded.
Reboot system now!! This connection will close.
The following message is displayed when you have selected an incorrect firmware file.
Starting firmware upgrade...
Do not power down the server during the upgrade.
The server will restart automatically after the upgrade is completed.
This will take about 1 - 5 minutes.
Wrong PKG file format
Unpack fail
General settings > Reboot
Reboot
Reboot
This feature allows you to reboot the Network Camera, which takes about one minute to complete. When completed, the live video page will be displayed in your browser. The following message will be displayed during the reboot process.
The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

If the connection fails after rebooting, manually enter the IP address of the Network Camera in the address field to resume the connection.
General settings > Restore
Restore
Restore all settings to factory default except settings in

Network

Daylight saving time

Custom language

VADP
Restore
This feature allows you to restore the Network Camera to factory default settings.
Network: Select this option to retain the Network Type settings (please refer to Network Type on page 55).
Daylight Saving Time: Select this option to retain the Daylight Saving Time settings (please refer to Import/Export files below on this page).
Custom Language: Select this option to retain the Custom Language settings.
If none of the options is selected, all settings will be restored to factory default. The following message is displayed during the restoring process.
The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

Import/Export files
This feature allows you to Export / Update daylight saving time rules, custom language file, configuration file, and server status report.

Export daylight saving time configuration file: Click to set the start and end time of DST (Daylight Saving).
Follow the steps below to export:
- In the Export files column, click Export to export the daylight saving time configuration file from the Network Camera.
- A file download dialog will pop up as shown below. Click Open to review the XML file or click Save to store the file for editing.

- Open the file with Microsoft ^ Notepad and locate your time zone; set the start and end time of DST. When completed, save the file.
In the example below, DST begins each year at 2:00 a.m. on the second Sunday in March and ends at 2:00 a.m. on the first Sunday in November.

Update daylight saving time rules: Click Browse... and specify the XML file to update.
If the incorrect date and time are assigned, you will see the following warning message when uploading the file to the Network Camera.


The following message is displayed when attempting to upload an incorrect file format.

Export language file: Click to export language strings. VIVOTEK provides nine languages: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體中文.
Update custom language file: Click Browse... and specify your own custom language file to upload.
Export configuration file: Click to export all parameters for the device and user-defined scripts.
Update configuration file: Click Browse... to update a configuration file. Please note that the model and firmware version of the device should be the same as the configuration file. If you have set up a fixed IP or other special settings for your device, it is not suggested to update a configuration file.
Export server staus report: Click to export the current server status report, such as time, logs, parameters, process status, memory status, file system status, network status, kernel message ... and so on.

Tips:
- If a firmware upgrade is accidentally disrupted, say, by a power outage, you still have a last resort method to restore normal operation. See the following for how to bring the camera back to work:
Applicable scenario:
(1) Power disconnected during firmware upgrade.
(2) Unknown reason causing abnormal LED status, and a Restore cannot recover normal working condition.
You can use the following methods to activate the camera with its backup firmware:
(1) Press and hold down the reset button for at least one minute.
(2) Power on the camera until the Red LED blinks rapidly.
(3) After boot up, the firmware should return to the previous version before the camera hanged. (The procedure should take 5 to 10 minutes, longer than the normal boot-up process). When tthis process is completed, the LED status should return to normal.
Media > Image
This section explains how to configure the image settings of the Network Camera. It is composed of the following five columns: General settings, Image settings, Exposure, and Privacy mask.
General settings

Video title
Show timestamp and video title in video and snapshots: Enter a name that will be displayed on the title bar of the live video as the picture shown below.

Position of timestamp and video title on image: Select to display time stamp and video title on the top or at the bottom of the video stream.
Timestamp and video title font size: Select the font size for the time stamp and title.
Color: Select to display color or black/white video streams.
Power line frequency: Set the power line frequency consistent with local utility settings to eliminate image flickering associated with fluorescent lights. Note that after the power line frequency is changed, you must disconnect and reconnect the power cord of the Network Camera in order for the new setting to take effect.
Video orientation: Flip - vertically reflect the display of the live video; Mirror - horizontally reflect the display of the live video. Select both options if the Network Camera is installed upside-down (e.g., on the ceiling) to correct the image orientation. Please note that if you have preset locations, those locations will be cleared after flip/mirror setting.
Image settings
On this page, you can tune the White balance and Image adjustment.

White balance: Adjust the value for the best color temperature.
■ You may follow the steps below to adjust the white balance to the best color temperature.
- Place a sheet of paper of white or cooler-color temperature color, such as blue, in front of the lens, then allow the Network Camera to automatically adjust the color temperature.
- Click the On button to Fix current value and confirm the setting while the white balance is being measured.
■ You may also manually tune the color temperature by pulling the RGain and BGain slide bars.
Image Adjustment
■ Brightness: Adjust the image brightness level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Contrast: Adjust the image contrast level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Saturation: Adjust the image saturation level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Sharpness: Adjust the image sharpness level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Gamma curve: Adjust the image sharpness level, which ranges from 0 to 0.45. You may let firmware Optimize your display or select a value to change the preferred level of Gamma correction towards higher contrast or towards the higher luminance for detailed expression of both the dark and lighted areas of an image.
■ Enable low light compensation: Select this option in low light mode, and the values of sharpness and brightness will change automatically. This function also benefits from an automated noise reduction feature.
■ WDR Enhanced: When enabled, you can select the strength of the WDR function. The Low, Medium, High options correspond to the level of contrast between the overly-lit area and the shaded areas. For example, the High option applies to a high contrast scenario.
The Sensitivity option applies to the response speed to the change in bright-to-dark lighting contrast.
Note that the Preview button has been cancelled, all changes made to image settings is directly shown on screen. You can click Restore to recall the original settings without incorporating the changes. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the setting. You can also click on Profile to adjust all settings above in a pop-up window for special lighting conditions.
![Activated period ✓ Enable and apply this profile to Schedule mode: From 18:00 to 06:00 [hh:mm]](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/ba43f3a28f82f5a36b2a1a54553846a734b64a45d3aa24f31746aaca09e9fd43.jpg)
Activated period: Select the mode this profile will apply to: Day mode, Night mode, or Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose Schedule mode. Then check Save to take effect.
Exposure
On this page, you can set the Measurement window, Exposure level, and Exposure mode. Detailed configurations will be automatically adjusted since the sensor library will automatically adjust the value according to the ambient light.

Measurement Window: This function allows user to set measurement window(s) for low light compensation.
■ Full view: Calculate the full range of view and offer appropriate light compensation.
■ Custom: The inclusive window refers to the “weighed window.” It adopts the weighed averages method to calculate the value. The inclusive windows have a higher priority. An exposure value will then be calculated out of the inclusive window.

Measurement window

Full view

ustom

BLC
■ BLC: When selected, a BLC window will appear on screen meaning that the center of the scene will be taken as a weighed area. This option enables light compensation for images that are too dark or too bright to recognize; for example, for the dark side of objects that is posed against bright sunlight.
Exposure control:
■ Exposure level: You can manually set the Exposure level, which ranges from -2.0 to +2.0 (dark to bright). You can click and drag the pointers on the Exposure time and Gain control slide bars to specify a range of shutter time and Gain control values within which the camera can automatically tune to an optimal imaging result. You may prefer a shorter shutter time to better capture moving objects, while a faster shutter reduces light and needs to be compensated by electrical brightness gains.
■ Flickerless: Under some circumstances when there is a difference between the video capture frequency and local AC power frequency (NTSC or PAL), the mismatch causes color shifts or flickering images. If the above mismatch occurs, select the Flickerless checkbox, and the range of Exposure time (the shutter time) will be limited to a range in order to match the AC power frequency. See the screen capture below.
You can click and drag the semi-circular pointers on the Exposure time and Gain control slide bars to specify a range of shutter time and Gain control values within which the camera can automatically tune to an optimal imaging result. For example, you may prefer a shorter shutter time to better capture moving objects, while a faster shutter reduces light and needs to be compensated by electrical brightness gains.

■ Exposure Time: The configurable max. exposure time is tunable according to lighting conditions with values ranging from 1/32000 to 1/5 of a second.
■ Gain Control: Tune the slider bar to set the Gain Control to the best image quality. Higher gain control value will generate a certain amount of noises.
You can click Restore to recall the original settings without incorporating the changes. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.
If you want to configure another sensor setting for day/night/schedule mode, please click Profile to open the Profile of exposure settings page as shown below.
Activated period: Select the mode this profile to apply to the Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose Schedule mode. Then check Save to take effect.
Please follow the steps below to setup a profile:
- Check Enable this profile.
- Select the applied mode as the Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose the Schedule mode.
- Configure Exposure control settings in the following columns. Please refer to previous dicussions for detailed information.
- Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit the page.

Privacy mask
Click Privacy Mask to open the settings page. On this page, you can block out sensitive zones to address privacy concerns.

Enable privacy mask

■ To set the privacy mask windows, follow the steps below:
- Click New to add a new window.
- You can use the mouse cursor to size and drag-drop the window, which is recommended to be at least twice the size of the object (height and width) you want to cover.
- Enter a Window Name and click Save to enable the setting.
- Click on the Enable privacy mask checkbox to enable this function.

NOTE:
▶ Up to 5 privacy mask windows can be set up on the same screen.
▶ If you want to delete the privacy mask window, please click the 'x' on the upper right corner of the window.
Media > Video
Stream settings
Stream
Video settings for stream 1 Viewing Window
Video settings for stream 2 Viewing Window
Video settings for stream 3
Save
This Network Camera supports multiple streams with frame sizes ranging from 176 x 144 to 1920 x1080.
The definition of multiple streams:
■ Stream 1: The default frame size for Stream 1 is set to the 1920 x 1080 (IB8168) or 1280 x1024 (IB8156) at 30fps. The applicable frame rate are also affected. When at the 1920 x1080 resolution, the frame rate is limited to 15FPS.
■ Stream 2: The default frame size for Stream 2 is set to the 640 x 512 or 640 x 360 at 15fps.
■ Stream 3: The default frame size for Stream 3 is set to the 1920 x 1080 (IB8168) or 1280 x1024 (IB8156) at 30fps.
Please follow the steps below to set up those settings for a viewing window:
- Select a stream for which you want to set up the viewing region.
- Select a Region of Interest from the drop-down list. The floating frame, the same as the one in the Gloabl View window on the home page, will resize accordingly. If you want to set up a customized viewing region, you can also resize and drag the floating frame to a desired position with your mouse.
- Choose a proper Output Frame Size from the drop-down list according to the screen size of your monitoring device.

Click Viewing Window to open the viewing region settings page. On this page, you can configure the Region of Interest and the Output Frame Size for different streams. For example, you can crop only a portion of the image that is of your interest, and thus save the bandwidth needed to transmit the video stream. As the picture shown below, the area of your interest in a parking lot should the vehicles. The blue sky is of little value for the surveillance purpose.

natural_image
Exterior view of a large parking lot with numerous parked cars under a partly cloudy sky (no signage or text visible)
Click the stream item to display the detailed information. The maximum frame size will follow your settings in the above Viewing Window sections.

This Network Camera provides real-time H.264 and MJPEG compression standards for real-time viewing. If the H.264 mode is selected, the video is streamed via RTSP protocol. There are several parameters through which you can adjust the video performance:
![H.264 Frame size: 1920x1080 Maximum frame rate: 15 fps intra frame period: 1 $ Video quality Constant bit rate: Customized Target bit 2048 Kbps rate: [20~40000] Frame rate priority Policy: Fixed quality:](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/8f05b9dceee94bf4da99aa93db2325169260eb23228faacf79f794caaa1f65a8.jpg)
■ Frame size
You can set up different video resolutions for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more network bandwidth.
■ Maximum frame rate
This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality and for recognizing moving objects in the field of view.
If the power line frequency is set to 50Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 12fps, and 15fps. If the power line frequency is set to 60Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, and 15fps. The frame rate can be up to 30fps if you select a lower resolution, such as 1280 x 1024.
■ Intra frame period
Determine how often for firmware to plant an I frame. The shorter the duration, the more likely you will get better video quality, but at the cost of higher network bandwidth consumption. Select the intra frame period from the following durations: 1/4 second, 1/2 second, 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and 4 seconds.
■ Video quality
- Constant bit rate: A complex scene generally produces a larger file size, meaning that higher bandwidth will be needed for data transmission. The bandwidth utilization is configurable to match a selected level, resulting in mutable video quality performance. The bit rates are selectable at the following rates: 20Kbps, 30Kbps, 40Kbps, 50Kbps, 64Kbps, 128Kbps, 256Kbps, 512Kbps, 768Kbps, 1Mbps, 2Mbps, 3Mbps, 4Mbps, 6Mbps, 8Mbps, 10Mbps, 12Mbps, 14Mbps, and 16Mbps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.
- Target bit rate: select a bit rate from the pull-down menu. The bit rate ranges from 20kbps to a maximum of 16Mbps. The bit rate then becomes the Average or Upper bound bit rate number. The Network Camera will strive to deliver video streams around or within the bit rate limitation you impose.
- Policy: If Frame Rate Priority is selected, the Network Camera will try to maintain the frame rate per second performance, while the image quality will be compromised. If Image quality priority is selected, the Network Camera may drop some video frames in order to maintain image quality.
- Fixed quality: On the other hand, if Fixed quality is selected, all frames are transmitted with the same quality; bandwidth utilization is therefore unpredictable. The video quality can be adjusted to the following settings: Medium, Standard, Good, Detailed, and Excellent. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.
- Maximum bit rate: With the guaranteed image quality, you might still want to place a bit rate limitation to control the size of video streams for bandwidth and storage concerns. The configurable bit rate starts from 1Mbps to 40Mbps.
The Maximum bit rate setting in the Fixed quality configuration can ensure a reasonable and limited use of network bandwidth. For example, in low light conditions where a Fixed quality setting is applied, video packet sizes can tremendously increase when noises are produced with electrical gain.
You may also manually enter a bit rate number by selecting the Customized option.
If JPEG mode is selected, the Network Camera sends consecutive JPEG images to the client, producing a moving effect similar to a filmstrip. Every single JPEG image transmitted guarantees the same image quality, which in turn comes at the expense of variable bandwidth usage. Because the media contents are a combination of JPEG images, no audio data is transmitted to the client. There are three parameters provided in MJPEG mode to control the video performance:

■ Frame size
You can set up different video resolution for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth.
■ Maximum frame rate
This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality.
If the power line frequency is set to 50Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 12fps, and 15fps. If the power line frequency is set to 60Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 12fps, and 15fps. The frame rate will decrease if you select a higher resolution.
■ Video quality
Refer to the previous page setting an average or upper bound threshold for controlling the bandwidth consumed for transmitting motion jpegs. The configuration method is identical to that for MPEG4 and H.264.
For Constant Bit Rate and other settings, refer to the previous page for details.

NOTE:
▶ Video quality and fixed quality refers to the compression rate, so a lower value will produce higher quality.
▶ Converting high-quality video may significantly increase the CPU loading, and you may encounter streaming disconnection or video loss while capturing a complicated scene. In the event of occurrence, we suggest you customize a lower video resolution or reduce the frame rate to obtain smooth video.
Network > General settings
This section explains how to configure a wired network connection for the Network Camera.
Network Type

LAN
Select this option when the Network Camera is deployed on a local area network (LAN) and is intended to be accessed by local computers. The default setting for the Network Type is LAN. Please remember to click on the Save button when you complete the Network setting.
Get IP address automatically: Select this option to obtain an available dynamic IP address assigned by the DHCP server each time the camera is connected to the LAN.
Use fixed IP address: Select this option to manually assign a static IP address to the Network Camera.

- You can make use of VIVOTEK Installation Wizard 2 on the software CD to easily set up the Network Camera on LAN. Please refer to Software Installation on page 14 for details.
- Enter the Static IP, Subnet mask, Default router, and Primary DNS provided by your ISP or network administrator.
Subnet mask: This is used to determine if the destination is in the same subnet. The default value is "255.255.255.0".
Default router: This is the gateway used to forward frames to destinations in a different subnet. Invalid router setting will disable the transmission to destinations across different subnets.
Primary DNS: The primary domain name server that translates host names into IP addresses.
Secondary DNS: Secondary domain name server that backups the Primary DNS.
Primary WINS server: The primary WINS server that maintains the database of computer names and IP addresses.
Secondary WINS server: The secondary WINS server that maintains the database of computer names and IP addresses.
Enable UPnP presentation: Select this option to enable UPnP ^TM presentation for your Network Camera so that whenever a Network Camera is presented to the LAN, the shortcuts to connected Network Cameras will be listed in My Network Places. You can click the shortcut to link to the web browser. Currently, UPnP ^TM is supported by Windows XP or later. Note that to utilize this feature, please make sure the UPnP ^TM component is installed on your computer.

Enable UPnP port forwarding: To access the Network Camera from the Internet, select this option to allow the Network Camera to open ports automatically on the router so that video streams can be sent out from a LAN. To utilize of this feature, make sure that your router supports UPnP ^™ and it is activated.
PPPoE (Point-to-point over Ethernet)
Select this option to configure your Network Camera to make it accessible from anywhere as long as there is an Internet connection. Note that to utilize this feature, it requires an account provided by your ISP.
Follow the steps below to acquire your Network Camera's public IP address.
- Set up the Network Camera on the LAN.
- Go to Configuration > Event > Event settings > Add server (please refer to Add server on page 93) to add a new Email or FTP server.
- Go to Configuration > Event > Event settings > Add media (please refer to Add media on page 98).
Select System log so that you will receive the system log in TXT file format which contains the Network Camera's public IP address in your email or on the FTP server. - Go to Configuration > Network > General settings > Network type. Select PPPoE and enter the user name and password provided by your ISP. Click Save to enable the setting.

Save
- The Network Camera will reboot.
- Disconnect the power to the Network Camera; remove it from the LAN environment.

NOTE:
▶ If the default ports are already used by other devices connected to the same router, the Network Camera will select other ports for the Network Camera.
If UPnP ^TM is not supported by your router, you will see the following message: Error: Router does not support UPnP port forwarding.
▶ Steps to enable the UPnP ^TM user interface on your computer:
Note that you must log on to the computer as a system administrator to install the UPnP ^TM components.
- Go to Start, click Control Panel, then click Add or Remove Programs.

- In the Add or Remove Programs dialog box, click Add/Remove Windows Components.

- In the Windows Components Wizard dialog box, select Networking Services and click Details.

- In the Networking Services dialog box, select Universal Plug and Play and click OK.

- Click Next in the following window.

- Click Finish. UPnP ^TM is enabled.
▶ How does UPnP ^TM work?
UPnP ^™ networking technology provides automatic IP configuration and dynamic discovery of devices added to a network. Services and capabilities offered by networked devices, such as printing and file sharing, are available among each other without the need for cumbersome network configuration. In the case of Network Cameras, you will see Network Camera shortcuts under My Network Places.
▶ Enabling UPnP port forwarding allows the Network Camera to open a secondary HTTP port on the router-not HTTP port-meaning that you have to add the secondary HTTP port number to the Network Camera's public address in order to access the Network Camera from the Internet. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the Network Camera's IP address.
| From the Internet In LAN | |
| http://203.67.124.123:8080 http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080 | |
▶ If the PPPoE settings are incorrectly configured or the Internet access is not working, restore the Network Camera to factory default; please refer to Restore on page 41 for details. After the Network Camera is reset to factory default, it will be accessible on the LAN.
Enable IPv6
Select the Enable IPv6 checkbox and click Save to enable IPv6 settings.
Please note that this only works if your network environment and hardware equipment support IPv6. The browser should be Microsoft® Internet Explorer 7 or 8, Mozilla Firefox 13.0 or above.

When IPv6 is enabled, by default, the network camera will listen to router advertisements and be assigned with a link-local IPv6 address accordingly.
IPv6 Information: Click this button to obtain the IPv6 information as shown below.
![[eth0 address] fe80 0000 0000 0000 0202 d1ff fe0e d4c8/64@Link [Gateway] IPv6 address list of gateway [DNS] IPv6 address list of DNS](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/9e7b4897ea6346b3ef9b3c4f669024a5ec3e50bdab05a601e43b40a300016ff9.jpg)
If your IPv6 settings are successful, the IPv6 address list will be listed in the pop-up window. The IPv6 address will be displayed as follows:
Refers to Ethernet
[eth0 address]
2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Global
fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Link
[Gateway]
fe80::211:d8ff:fea2:1a2b
[DNS]
2010:05c0:978d::
Link-global IPv6 address/network mask
Link-local IPv6 address/network mask
Please follow the steps below to link to an IPv6 address:
- Open your web browser.
- Enter the link-global or link-local IPv6 address in the address bar of your web browser.
- The format should be:
![http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ IPv6 address](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/64d419c10e0347ce92e79d730234cc212740578bbd217f05b8c27edae39fb16d.jpg)
- Press Enter on the keyboard or click Refresh button to refresh the webpage. For example:
![Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ VIVOTEK www.vivotech.com](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/78367ab5ebb9f82b614734a95221229c9c3ddd0a58c93187ac5d6dacdcf8a82a.jpg)

NOTE:
▶ If you have a Secondary HTTP port (the default value is 8080), you can also link to the webpage using the following address format: (Please refer to HTTP streaming on page 62 for detailed information.)
![http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/:8080 IPv6 address Secondary HTTP port](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/64f2888e706ac249c64613560486153dd4da9be103654f20b3a412975c876b2c.jpg)
▶ If you choose PPPoE as the Network Type, the [PPP0 address] will be displayed in the IPv6 information column as shown below.
![[eth0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:dlff:fe11:2299/64@Link [ppp0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:dlff:fe11:2299/10@Link 2001:b100:01c0:0002:0202:dlff:fe11:2299/64@Global [Gateway] fe80::90:1a00:4142:8ced [DNS] 2001:b000::1](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/405b3c993e9de5b0929744193d632bbf632a9ee60d3afb4ee35794f8c0be3802.jpg)
Manually setup the IP address: Select this option to manually configure IPv6 settings if your network environment does not have DHCPv6 server and router advertisements-enabled routers. If you check this item, the following blanks will be displayed for you to enter the corresponding information:
Enable IPv6
IPv6 information
√ Manually setup the IP address
Optional IP address / Prefix length
Optional default router
Optional primary DNS

Port

HTTPS port: By default, the HTTPS port is set to 443. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.
FTP port: The FTP server allows the user to save recorded video clips. You can utilize VIVOTEK's Installation Wizard 2 to upgrade the firmware via FTP server. By default, the FTP port is set to 21. It also can be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.
Network > Streaming protocols
HTTP streaming
To utilize HTTP authentication, make sure that your have set a password for the Network Camera first; please refer to Security > User account on page 72 for details.

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the Network Camera provides two types of security settings for an HTTP transaction: basic and digest.
If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format and there can be potential risks of being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm and thus provide better protection against unauthorized accesses.
HTTP port / Secondary HTTP port: By default, the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080. They can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535. If the ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning messages will be displayed:


To access the Network Camera on the LAN, both the HTTP port and secondary HTTP port can be used to access the Network Camera. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the Network Camera's IP address.
| On the LAN |
| http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080 |
Access name for individual streams: This Network camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. The access name is used to identify different video streams. Users can click Media > Video > Stream settings to set up the video quality of linked streams. For more information about how to set up the video quality, please refer to Stream settings on page 50.
When using Mozilla Firefox to access the Network Camera and the video mode is set to JPEG, users will receive video comprised of continuous JPEG images. This technology, known as “server push”, allows the Network Camera to feed live pictures to Mozilla Firefox.
URL command -- http://
For example, when the Access name for stream 2 is set to video2.mjpg:
- Launch Mozilla Firefox or Netscape.
- Type the above URL command in the address bar. Press Enter.
- The JPEG images will be displayed in your web browser.


NOTE:
▶ Microsoft® Internet Explorer does not support server push technology; therefore, you will not be able to access a video stream using http://
RTSP Streaming
To utilize RTSP streaming authentication, make sure that you have set a password for controlling the access to video stream first. Please refer to Security > User account on page 72 for details.

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the Network Camera provides three types of security settings for streaming via RTSP protocol: disable, basic, and digest.
If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format, but there can be potential risks of it being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm, thus providing better protection against unauthorized access.
The availability of the RTSP streaming for the three authentication modes is listed below:
| Quick Time player VLC | ||
| Disable O O | ||
| Basic O O | ||
| Digest O X | ||
Access name for video streams: This Network camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. The access name is used to differentiate the streaming source.
If you want to use an RTSP player to access the Network Camera, you have to set the video mode to H.264 and use the following RTSP URL command to request transmission of the streaming data. rtsp://
For example, when the access name for stream 1 is set to live.sdp:
- Launch an RTSP player.
- Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.
- Type the above URL command in the text box.
- The live video will be displayed in your player as shown below.

natural_image
Interior view of a busy bookstore with curved bookshelves and shoppers (no visible text or signage)
RTSP port /RTP port for video and RTCP port for video
■ RTSP (Real-Time Streaming Protocol) controls the delivery of streaming media. By default, the port number is set to 554.
■ The RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) is used to deliver video data to the clients. By default, the RTP port for video is set to 5556.
■ The RTCP (Real-time Transport Control Protocol) allows the Network Camera to transmit the data by monitoring the Internet traffic volume. By default, the RTCP port for video is set to 5557.
The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The RTP port must be an even number and the RTCP port is the RTP port number plus one, and thus is always an odd number. When the RTP port changes, the RTCP port will change accordingly.
If the RTP ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Multicast settings for stream #: Click the items to display the detailed configuration information. Select the Always multicast option to enable multicast for different video streams.
Multicast settings for stream 1
Always multicast
Multicast group address:
Multicast video port:
Multicast RTCP video port:
Multicast TTL [1\~255]:
239.128.1.99
5560
5561
15
Multicast settings for stream 3
Always multicast
Multicast group address:
Multicast video port:
Multicast RTCP video port:
Multicast TTL [1\~255]:
239.128.1.101
5568
5569
15
Multicast settings for stream 2
□ Always multicast
Multicast group address:
Multicast video port
Multicast RTCP video port:
Multicast TTL [1\~255]:
239.128.1.100
5564
5565
15
Unicast video transmission delivers a stream through point-to-point transmission; multicast, on the other hand, sends a stream to the multicast group address and allows multiple clients to acquire the stream at the same time by requesting a copy from the multicast group address. Therefore, enabling multicast can effectively save Internet bandwidth.
The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The multicast RTP port must be an even number and the multicast RTCP port number is the multicast RTP port number plus one, and thus is always odd. When the multicast RTP port changes, the multicast RTCP port will change accordingly.
If the multicast RTP video ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Multicast TTL [1\~255]: The multicast TTL (Time To Live) is the value that tells the router the range a packet can be forwarded.
| Initial TTL Scope | |
| 0 Restricted to the same host | |
| 1 Restricted to the same subnetwork | |
| 32 Restricted to the same site | |
| 64 Restricted to the same region | |
| 128 Restricted to the same continent | |
| 255 Unrestricted in scope | |
Network > DDNS
This section explains how to configure the dynamic domain name service for the Network Camera. DDNS is a service that allows your Network Camera, especially when assigned with a dynamic IP address, to have a fixed host and domain name.
Express link
Express Link is a free service provided by VIVOTEK server, which allows users to register a domain name for a network device. One URL can only be mapped to one MAC address. This service will examine if the host name is valid and automatically open a port on your router. If using DDNS, the user has to manually configure UPnP port forwarding. Express Link is more convenient and easier to set up.

Please follow the steps below to enable Express Link:
- Make sure that your router supports UPnP port forwarding and it is activated.
- Check Enable express link.
- Enter a host name for the network device and click Save. If the host name has been used by another device, a warning message will show up. If the host name is valid, it will display a message as shown below.


Manual setup
DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS: Select this option to enable the DDNS setting.
Provider: Select a DDNS provider from the provider drop-down list.
VIVOTEK offers Safe100.net, a free dynamic domain name service, to VIVOTEK customers. It is recommended that you register Safe100.net to access VIVOTEK's Network Cameras from the Internet. Additionally, we offer other DDNS providers, such as Dyndns.org(Dynamic), Dyndns.org(Custom), CustomSafe100, and dyn-interfree.it. Note that before utilizing this function, please apply for a dynamic domain account first.
■ Safe100.net
- In the DDNS column, select Safe100.net from the drop-down list. Click I accept after reviewing the terms of the Service Agreement.
- In the Register column, fill in the Host name (xxxx.safe100.net), Email, Key, and Confirm Key, and click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, a success message will be displayed in the DDNS Registration Result column.
![Register Host name: WTK.safe100.net Email: wtk@vivotek.com Key: •••• Forget key Confirm key: •••• To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in the following fields and then click "Register". Register DDNS Registration Result: [Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/62afe94035495e5f976cc0b01879ac4380306006457a668910433d1a8cbc126d.jpg)
- Click Copy and all the registered information will automatically be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column at the top of the page as seen in the picture.
DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS:
Provider:
Host name:
Email:
Key:

[*.safe100.net]
Save
Register
Host name:
Email:
Key:
Confirm key:
WTK.safe100.net
wtk@vivotek.com
...
...
Forget key
To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in the following fields and then click "Register".
Register
DDNS Registration Result:
[Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address

Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.
- Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.
■ CustomSafe100
VIVOTEK offers documents to establish a CustomSafe100 DDNS server for distributors and system integrators. You can use CustomSafe100 to register a dynamic domain name if your distributor or system integrators offer such services.
-
In the DDNS column, select CustomSafe100 from the drop-down list.
-
In the Register column, fill in the Host name, Server name, Email, Key, and Confirm Key; then click Register.
Enter "ns1.safe100.net" as the Server name.
After a host name has been successfully created, you will see a success message in the DDNS Registration Result column.
-
Click Copy and all for the registered information will be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column.
-
Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.
Forget key: Click this button if you have forgotten the key to Safe100.net or CustomSafe100. Your account information will be sent to your email address.
Refer to the following links to apply for a dynamic domain account when selecting other DDNS providers:
■ Dyndns.org(Dynamic) / Dyndns.org(Custom): visit http://www.dyndns.com/
Network > QoS (Quality of Service)
Quality of Service refers to a resource reservation control mechanism, which guarantees a certain quality to different services on the network. Quality of service guarantees are important if the network capacity is insufficient, especially for real-time streaming multimedia applications. Quality can be defined as, for instance, a maintained level of bit rate, low latency, no packet dropping, etc.
The following are the main benefits of a QoS-aware network:
■ The ability to prioritize traffic and guarantee a certain level of performance to the data flow.
■ The ability to control the amount of bandwidth each application may use, and thus provide higher reliability and stability on the network.
Requirements for QoS
To utilize QoS in a network environment, the following requirements must be met:
■ All network switches and routers in the network must include support for QoS.
■ The network video devices used in the network must be QoS-enabled.
QoS models
CoS (the VLAN 802.1p model)
IEEE802.1p defines a QoS model at OSI Layer 2 (Data Link Layer), which is called CoS, Class of Service. It adds a 3-bit value to the VLAN MAC header, which indicates the frame priority level from 0 (lowest) to 7 (highest). The priority is set up on the network switches, which then use different queuing disciplines to forward the packets.
Below is the setting column for CoS. Enter the VLAN ID of your switch (0\~4095) and choose the priority for each application (0\~7).

If you assign Video the highest level, the switch will handle video packets first.

NOTE:
▶ A VLAN Switch (802.1p) is required. Web browsing may fail if the CoS setting is incorrect.
The Class of Service technologies do not guarantee a level of service in terms of bandwidth and delivery time; they offer a "best-effort." Users can think of CoS as "coarsely-grained" traffic control and QoS as "finely-grained" traffic control.
▶ Although CoS is simple to manage, it lacks scalability and does not offer end-to-end guarantees since it is based on L2 protocol.
QoS/DSCP (the DiffServ model)
DSCP-ECN defines QoS at Layer 3 (Network Layer). The Differentiated Services (DiffServ) model is based on packet marking and router queuing disciplines. The marking is done by adding a field to the IP header, called the DSCP (Differentiated Services Codepoint). This is a 6-bit field that provides 64 different class IDs. It gives an indication of how a given packet is to be forwarded, known as the Per Hop Behavior (PHB). The PHB describes a particular service level in terms of bandwidth, queueing theory, and dropping (discarding the packet) decisions. Routers at each network node classify packets according to their DSCP value and give them a particular forwarding treatment; for example, how much bandwidth to reserve for it.
Below are the setting options of DSCP (DiffServ Codepoint). Specify the DSCP value for each application (0\~63).
QoS/DSCP

Enable QoS/DSCP
Live video:
0
Live audio:
0
Event/Alarm:
0
Management:
0
Save
Network > SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
This section explains how to use the SNMP on the network camera. The Simple Network Management Protocol is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. It helps network administrators to remotely manage network devices and find, solve network problems with ease.
■ The SNMP consists of the following three key components:
- Manager: Network-management station (NMS), a server which executes applications that monitor and control managed devices.
- Agent: A network-management software module on a managed device which transfers the status of managed devices to the NMS.
- Managed device: A network node on a managed network. For example: routers, switches, bridges, hubs, computer hosts, printers, IP telephones, network cameras, web server, and database.
Before configuring SNMP settings on the this page, please enable your NMS first.
SNMP Configuration
Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c
Select this option and enter the names of Read/Write community and Read Only community according to your NMS settings.
Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c
SNMPv1, SNMPv2c Settings
Read/Write community:
Private
Read only community:
Public
Enable SNMPv3
This option contains cryptographic security, a higher security level, which allows you to set the Authentication password and the Encryption password.
■ Security name: According to your NMS settings, choose Read/Write or Read Only and enter the community name.
■ Authentication type: Select MD5 or SHA as the authentication method.
■ Authentication password: Enter the password for authentication (at least 8 characters).
■ Encryption password: Enter a password for encryption (at least 8 characters).
Enable SNMPv3
SNMPv3 Settings
Read/Write Security name:
Private
Authentication Type:
MD5
Authentication Password:

Encryption Password:
Public
Read only Security name:
MD5
Authentication Type:
Authentication Password:

Encryption Password:
Security > User Account
This section explains how to enable password protection and create multiple accounts.
Root Password

The administrator account name is "root", which is permanent and can not be deleted. If you want to add more accounts in the Manage User column, please apply the password for the "root" account first.
- Type the password identically in both text boxes, then click Save to enable password protection.
- A window will be prompted for authentication; type the correct user's name and password in their respective fields to access the Network Camera.
Privilege Management

Digital Output & PTZ control: You can modify the manage privilege of operators or viewers. Check or uncheck the item, then click Save to enable the settings. If you give Viewers the privilege, Operators will also have the ability to control the Network Camera through the main page. (Please refer to Configuration on page 31).
Allow anonymous viewing: If you check this item, any client can access the live stream without entering a User ID and Password.
Manage User

Administrators can add up to 20 user accounts.
- Input the new user's name and password.
- Select the privilege level for the new user account. Click Add to enable the setting.
Access rights are sorted by user privilege (Administrator, Operator, and Viewer). Only administrators can access the Configuration page. Although operators cannot access the Configuration page, they can use the URL Commands to get and set the value of parameters. For more information, please refer to URL Commands of the Network Camera on page 118. Viewers access only the main page for live viewing.
Here you also can change a user's access rights or delete user accounts.
- Select an existing account to modify.
- Make necessary changes and click Update or Delete to enable the setting.
Security > HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL)
This section explains how to enable authentication and encrypted communication over SSL (Secure Socket Layer). It helps protect streaming data transmission over the Internet on higher security level.
Create and Install Certificate Method
Before using HTTPS for communication with the Network Camera, a Certificate must be created first. There are three ways to create and install a certificate:
Create self-signed certificate
- Select this option from a pull-down menu.
- In the first column, select Enable HTTPS secure connection, then select a connection option: "HTTP & HTTPS" or "HTTPS only".
- Click Create certificate to generate a certificate.

- The Certificate Information will automatically be displayed as shown below. You can click Certificate properties to view detailed information about the certificate.

- Click Save to preserve your configuration, and your current session with the camera will change to the encrypted connection.
- If your web session does not automatically change to an encrypted HTTPS session, click Home to return to the main page. Change the URL address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.
https://

Create certificate request and install
- Select the option from the Method pull-down menu.
- Click Create certificate to proceed.
- The following information will show up in a pop-up window after clicking Create. Then click Save to generate the certificate request.

- The Certificate request window will prompt.

If you see the following Information bar, click OK and click on the Information bar at the top of the page to allow pop-ups.

- Look for a trusted certificate authority, such as Symantec's VeriSign Authentication Services, that issues digital certificates. Sign in and purchase the SSL certification service. Copy the certificate request from your request prompt and paste it in the CA's signing request window. Proceed with the rest of the process as CA's instructions on their webpage.

- Once completed, your SSL certificate should be delivered to you via an email or other means. Copy the contents of the certificate in the email and paste it in a text/HTML/hex editor/converter, such as IDM Computer Solutions' UltraEdit.
immediately, please dial 066.993.4565 or 650.476.5112 option 3 or send an email to internet-sales@verizeign.com
Thank you for your interest in Symantec!
----BEEU CERTIFICATE---- MIFRDCCA+ygaklBAqIQFxICahn/SeB31s0WQCD8IsAaBbgkghk109vGRAQYFADCB yaTlMAgA10EHHCTVtMxFAvAVgVhAclT011cm1taMnChLJmmbHcTAwLy1YVgQJ EyDsklTgVgVdcQ6QtbNwCNIcySfRmaSLiAgTmOgKHNskSNmNlcYq21q2ABgRV HBeTUVHmlxIgGMnVSSBdKdGhRoxvCdLfdYq21PccllnksIyb20vTR8a L3Ric3RyYSAcVywCETRhCaSaIIUEAsAkNvYwYw9pI24gV7bZpYNwgU5YdX21F91 cnliCisDQSAIEcYfcqNKDETyGdcWwAeWDAeWdKDETyGdpWtyIsNKt10Vgw4ax CaJbPgRVBAYALTGNQQwCVrSTVQYqIAeBCoSlbIqwQwCVQFFQAERb2eNDBoEvVD vQGQFAaNVLPVEVLFLIstly4xPTATbPsVAsaUFJVxKNDGpDHblJyJxFHnGpDA1OE CxqVxVfVxH0g21yGxNtIHISF010000d5dy326pcJnbkbjseIVYxBxL3Rin3RyYAsb TywNTEDHBGAISEAqGes3Lacl1DE3KINlhy2hqg2tnQgYdNlhwTnecAQRBBAG yGTAMlOgANBaIkoZtrfsNdc-bhAPTVprYkDCIyT56aT2nmRyUpdlaedqGqsh p+hayTrcpQGPCTIAMnBCBCFPr/qklzItpBpQWdG010GRq/gptmAERkYmsKKH WALITNlaevloCTgyprFEaRCHQv494GDxEhRSfAluMpgAbKoWbVeqgTAGpNBA2d ggSHRTACCTApoVNRIEEEQggg55adCunfATCyclndhtbTAzBpSVBRHEA1AAAG4G AIOdExEw/QEWAtFeCBOGvVHGEPOAdHiqDlgkQhdChyDcWbIwVlZbJSrPtyWac BaTyrTSrLnIaIcnPaNaIadLvdV59TVJUcoInhbccyLendbySNBSqVNRFAE2RRHD3 CcN3BGAUENRtANtCvtdvgprBpFRQcCAAYI#KIOCKNLyHsdCumdvYsaKlpI24u Y29tL28c-ydQ1XHYIYEeIQVQVTDR18HvlVAFAIYHRQDHAeGCCsAQUTfbrsCMHS AldlvQVBnAPcQkEq91qJAVarTsaT62nllnST1HbQQCCsAQUFWEBDGp2yAA BqgrBqEFBNcQwYTAsHQcDcvLIyCdaUmdvYsaKlpI24uTR2hd4CCsAQUTfaAC cyJodNH-0ldVlZLFyWvWetRaTVWlnLaIcnIuaWsdNbVTiYVtnIleHySy LeiNyCbAmpqnlOiqWvNqAQFDAOAQCAEtudTfaiEn/X776a/zrrcteFHLKNE52bp qaGlsSwirscfL29pIleEKyp64CLPSReOFGyRdLAfPxAEDltTrSMlSCKNBLAHp12 qVhFBcQwFNwNtTpdUrBYaeSefIDShTsubQzTvLpNAeAR/Bt/U+xv1y00E/Bts caFsdhn/yqapIGoPVtycvdeCNWBrgpSoil56hqPceuvrftbnfugpdyUCNtfav 3KLACXAcQtVrlResltYqvSTgYpWgPmAgndhGtThChCWegPxNthmeI183ITFKTO ncDofPynckbgPtySbVtgYVdoYYIm2BQfoSqlzIZAARH/g1/Xerp==
- Open a new edit, paste the certificate contents, and press ENTER at the end of the contents to add an empty line.
![[Edit1*] - UltraEdit File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Advanced Window Help Project Open Explorer Lists Filter: *.* Name Date modification Edit1* CmCGBAGG+EUBBxUwMTAvBggrBgEFBQcCARTjaHROcHH6Ly93d3cudnVyaJNpE24u Y29tLaNvcy90ZXNOY2EwKQYdVR01BBTxFAYIKwYBBQUHAwEGCCsGAQUFBwMCBD0G A10dIwQYMBaAFCgXE4q91qK13AYst7a02hBmYG71MHQQCCsGAQUFBwEBBCgwZjAk BggrBgEFBQcwAYYYaHRDoDovL39jo3AudeVyaJNpE24uY29tKD40CCsGAQUFBsAC hjJodIHPrWUiVU12SVBJpYWetRsltYVlhLnIicmlzaWduLnNbBSPTV1JUcmiHbKcy LmNlcjANBgkqhkiG9wOBAQUFAAOCAQEATxuH7FnIae/X7T6z/zsr9tZRbLKSEQSp qsnNoHswixSc1ZNFp3kksKKvp6TCLPENhrCP0jPalLFxAKBUTr3WlHCoxXRRIAjVp12 qV5bDfxgVMWx9T7rd2oURjms61fcMSTtub3Qc2TulpWeARbAH/U+x+ojGOEvB3f ePamShn/qcapEcqOXvBycwReCWNBQgsGe1368qKPezmv7oErbnLhupjdxUESGExu 3M13CXrAtQ2v1Rsd1fJQYSTgSOWqImak9ghdEuKTnhCHUwwqOxNNBuneIIB3ITPK70 m6CoYptnbigmFtyj9EvgIUdc6YTZImn2BOqSc5q3iZARPH/qi//XeGg== ----END CERTIFICATE--------](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/d7868bfda58a3966c14bdb80ee0a243fded8dc8075afb933c4ead14d0d1747ef.jpg)
- Convert file format from DOS to UNIX. Open File menu > Conversions > DOS to Unix.
![[Edit1*] - UltraEdit File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Macro Scripting Advanced Window Help Name Ctrl+N Open... Ctrl+O Quick Open... Ctrl+Q Close Close All Files Ctrl+Shift+F4 Close All Files Except Tlys FIP/Teiket Remove to Save! Save Ctrl+S Save As... F12 Save All Alt+F12 Save Options to As... Make Copy/Backup Encryption Rename File Compare... Alt+F11 Sort Convergns Special Functions Print... Ctrl+P Print All Files Print Preview Print Setup/Configuration Favorite Files... Ctrl+Shift+F Recent Files Recent Projects/WorkSpace Exit DOS to DOS DOS to MAC DOS to UNIX DCCDC to ASCII ASCII to DCCDC OEM to AGBI ANSI to OEM ASCII to Upgrade Uniprot to Upgrade Uniprot to ASCII END CERTIFICATE---- UNID/MAC to DOS DOS to MAC DOS to UNIX DCCDC to ASCII ASCII to DCCDC OEM to AGBI ANSI to OEM ASCII to Upgrade Uniprot to Upgrade Uniprot to ASCII template List Global Power User](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/ee749c773af7a34c097ecff4cadb8cdd52ffe877975082806f818a818eef713d.jpg)
- Save the edit using the ".crt" extension, using a file name like "CAcert.crt."
![[C:\Documents and Settings\www\Desktop\altacryv] untimate File Edit Search Tools Print New Format Column Paths Scripting Advanced Window Help Save As Save in: Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network Places Adobe Reader 9 File26a Client Google Chrome Installation Wizard 2 LiveClient MCAfee Security Scan Plus Milestone xProtect Smart Client Mozilla Firefox Playback QuickTime Player RealPlayer TexasViewer 6 UltraCompare UltraEdit VIVO/TDX BlackholePM公用资料夹 (位於 Blackhole) New Folder 44 45 46 802.1x 802.1x-1 802.1x-2 802.1x-3 access_alert activeX_plugin activeX_plugin1 File name: CAcet.cs Save as type: All Files (*.*) Line Terminator: Default Format: Default ADS Stream: [Alt.Dsn (Present is only for files on https.dsn)]](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/66d1778fb1e4d0d1310a7c1edebe150667e0d32e0a6bff5c5afe4447d8459546.jpg)
- Return to the original firmware session, use the Browse button to locate the crt certificate file, and click Upload to enable the certification.
![SUPREME A NEW CONNECTION OF THE Home Client settings Configuration Language Security > HTTPS System Media Network Security User accounts HTTPS Access list IEEE 002.16 PTZ Event Applications Recording Local storage [ Basic mode ] Version: 0100s HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS ○ HTTPS only Certificate: Certificate Information Status: Waiting for certificatied Select certificate file: C:\Documents and Se Browse Upload Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Remove certificate](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/1e4ccde116ebfc6c46d65eb585130c74b08fcf2fd782d390fece78a714970d2a.jpg)
- When the certificate file is successfully loaded, its status will be stated as Active. Note that a certificate must have been created and installed before you can click on the "Save" button for the configuration to take effect.

- To begin an encrypted HTTPS session, click Home to return to the main page. Change the URL address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.



Security > Access List
This section explains how to control access permission by verifying the client PC's IP address.
General Settings

Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s) limited to: Simultaneous live viewing for 1\~10 clients (including stream 1 and stream 2). The default value is 10. If you modify the value and click Save, all current connections will be disconnected and automatically attempt to re-link (IE Explore or Quick Time Player).
View Information: Click this button to display the connection status window showing a list of the current connections. For example:

Note that only consoles that are currently displaying live streaming will be listed in the View Information list.
■ IP address: Current connections to the Network Camera.
■ Elapsed time: How much time the client has been at the webpage.
■ User ID: If the administrator has set a password for the webpage, the clients have to enter a user name and password to access the live video. The user name will be displayed in the User ID column. If the administrator allows clients to link to the webpage without a user name and password, the User ID column will be empty.
There are some situations that allow clients access to the live video without a user name and password:
- The administrator does not set up a root password. For more information about how to set up a root password and manage user accounts, please refer to Security > User account on page 72.
- The administrator has set up a root password, but set RTSP Authentication to "disable". For more information about RTSP Authentication, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 63.
- The administrator has set up a root password, but allows anonymous viewing. For more information about Allow Anonymous Viewing, please refer to page 72.
■ Refresh: Click this button to refresh all current connections.
■ Add to deny list: You can select entries from the Connection Status list and add them to the Deny List to deny access. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explorer or Quick Time Player). If you want to enable the denied list, please check Enable access list filtering and click Save in the first column.
■ Disconnect: If you want to break off the current connections, please select them and click this button. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explorer or Quick Time Player).
Enable access list filtering: Check this item and click Save if you want to enable the access list filtering function.
Filter
Filter type: Select Allow or Deny as the filter type. If you choose Allow Type, only those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below can access the Network Camera, and the others cannot access. On the contrary, if you choose Deny Type, those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below will not be allowed to access the Network Camera, and the others can access.

Then you can Add a rule to the following Access List. Please note that the IPv6 access list column will not be displayed unless you enable IPv6 on the Network page. For more information about IPv6 Settings, please refer to Network > General settings on page 55 for detailed information.
There are three types of rules:
Single: This rule allows the user to add an IP address to the Allowed/Denied list.
For example:

Network: This rule allows the user to assign a network address and corresponding subnet mask to the Allow/Deny List. The address and network mask are written in CIDR format.
For example:

If IPv6 filter is preferred, you will be prompted by the following window. Enter the IPv6 address and the two-digit prefix length to specify the range of IP addresses in your configuration.

Range: This rule allows the user to assign a range of IP addresses to the Allow/Deny List.
Note: This rule is only applied to IPv4.
For example:

Administrator IP address
Always allow the IP address to access this device: You can check this item and add the Administrator's IP address in this field to make sure the Administrator can always connect to the device.

Security > IEEE 802.1X
Enable this function if your network environment uses IEEE 802.1x, which is a port-based network access control. The network devices, intermediary switch/access point/hub, and RADIUS server must support and enable 802.1x settings.
The 802.1x standard is designed to enhance the security of local area networks, which provides authentication to network devices (clients) attached to a network port (wired or wireless). If all certificates between client and server are verified, a point-to-point connection will be enabled; if authentication fails, access on that port will be prohibited. 802.1x utilizes an existing protocol, the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP), to facilitate communication.
■ The components of a protected network with 802.1x authentication:

flowchart
graph LR
A["Supplicant Network Camera"] <--> B["Authenticator (Network Switch)"]
B <--> C["Authentication Server (RADIUS Server)"]
- Supplicant: A client end user (camera), which requests authentication.
- Authenticator (an access point or a switch): A “go between” which restricts unauthorized end users from communicating with the authentication server.
- Authentication server (usually a RADIUS server): Checks the client certificate and decides whether to accept the end user's access request.
■ VIVOTEK Network Cameras support two types of EAP methods to perform authentication: EAP-PEAP and EAP-TLS.
Please follow the steps below to enable 802.1x settings:
- Before connecting the Network Camera to the protected network with 802.1x, please apply a digital certificate from a Certificate Authority (i.e., your network administrator) which can be validated by a RADIUS server.
- Connect the Network Camera to a PC or notebook outside of the protected LAN. Open the configuration page of the Network Camera as shown below. Select EAP-PEAP or EAP-TLS as the EAP method. In the following blanks, enter your ID and password issued by the CA, then upload related certificate(s).
IEEE 802.1x

Enable IEEE 802.1x
EAP method:
Identity:
Password:
CA certificate:
Status: no file


IMPORTANT:
The maximum length of password is 200 symbols.
IEEE 802.1x
Enable 802.1x
EAP method:
Identity:
Private key passord:
CA certificate:
Status: no file
client certificate:
Status: no file
Client private key:
Status: no file
EAP-TLS








Browse..
Browse..
Browse..
[Non-Text]
Upload
Upload
Upload
- When all settings are complete, move the Network Camera to the protected LAN by connecting it to an 802.1x enabled switch. The devices will then start the authentication automatically.

NOTE:
▶ The authentication process for 802.1x:
- The Certificate Authority (CA) provides the required signed certificates to the Network Camera (the supplicant) and the RADIUS Server (the authentication server).
- A Network Camera requests access to the protected LAN using 802.1X via a switch (the authenticator). The client offers its identity and client certificate, which is then forwarded by the switch to the RADIUS Server, which uses an algorithm to authenticate the Network Camera and returns an acceptance or rejection back to the switch.
- The switch also forwards the RADIUS Server's certificate to the Network Camera.
- Assuming all certificates are validated, the switch then changes the Network Camera's state to authorized and is allowed access to the protected network via a pre-configured port.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Certificate Authority (CA)"] -->|1| B["VIVOTEK Network Camera"]
A -->|1| C["Certificate"]
B <--> D["Network Switch"]
C <--> E["Certificate"]
D <--> F["RADIUS Server"]
E <--> F
G["Protected LAN"] --> D
G --> E
PTZ > PTZ settings
This section explains how to control the Network Camera's Pan/Tilt/Zoom operation.
The e-PTZ function allows users to quickly move the focus to a target area for close-up viewing without physically moving the camera. Please refer to below for detailed instruction.
Digital PTZ Operation (E-PTZ Operation)

The ePTZ function only applies to stream #1. For detailed information about how to set up preset and patrol settings, please refer to page 85.
Auto pan/patrol speed: Select the speed from 1\~5 (slow/fast) to set up the Auto pan/patrol speed control.
When completed with the e-PTZ settings, click Save to enable the settings on this page.
Home page in E-PTZ Mode

■ The e-Preset Positions will also be displayed on the home page. Select one from the drop-down list, and the Network Camera will move to the selected e-preset position.
■ If you have set up different e-preset positions for different streams, you can select one of the video streams to display its separate e-preset positions.
Global View
In addition to using the e-PTZ control panel, you can also use the mouse to drag or resize the floating frame to pan/tilt/zoom the viewing region. The live view window will also move to the viewing region accordingly.
Moving Instantly
If you check this item, the live view window will switch to the new viewing region instantly after you move the floating frame. If deselected, the process moving from one point to the other will be shown, yet it is not easy to observe if the move is not over a long distance.
Click on Image
The e-PTZ function also supports "Click on Image". When you click on any point of the Global View Window or Live View Window, the viewing region will also move to that point.
Note that the "Click on Image" function only applies when you have configured a smaller "Region of Interest" out of the maximum output frame! e.g., a 800x600 region from a 1920x1080 frame size.
Patrol settings
You can select some preset positions for the Network Camera to patrol.
Please follow the steps below to set up a patrol schedule:
- Select the preset locations on the list, and click >>.
- The selected preset locations will be displayed on the Patrol locations list.
- Set the Dwelling time for the preset location during auto patrol.
- If you want to delete a preset location from the Patrol locations list, select it and click Remove.
- Select a location and click ▲ ▼ to rearrange the patrol order.
- Select patrol locations you want to save in the list and click Save to enable the patrol settings.
- To implement the patrol schedule, please go to homepage and click on Patrol button. Please refer to the next page.

natural_image
Interior view of a modern circular bookstore with curved bookshelves and circular display areas (no visible text or signage)
Preset and patrol settings

Zoom factor display: You can use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in or zoom out on the live view screen. When this checkbox is selected, the zoom ratio is displayed on the upper-left of the screen when the zoom ratio is changed.
Home page in the e-PTZ Mode
The Preset positions will also be displayed on the home page. Select one from the Go to drop-down list, and the Network Camera will move to the selected preset position.
Patrol button: Click this button, then the Network Camera will patrol among the selected preset positions continuously.


NOTE:
The Preset Positions will also be displayed on the home page. Select one from the Go to drop-down list, and the Network Camera will move to the selected preset position.
▶ Click Patrol: The Network Camera will patrol along the selected positions repeatedly. Please refer to page 87 to see more details.
Event > Event settings
This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to responds to particular situations (event). A typical application is that when a motion is detected, the Network Camera sends buffered images to an FTP server or e-mail address as notifications. Click on Help, there is an illustration shown in the pop-up window explaining that an event can be triggered by many sources, such as motion detection or external digital input devices. When an event is triggered, you can specify what type of action that will be performed. You can configure the Network Camera to send snapshots or videos to your email address or FTP site.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Event Trigger"] --> B["Action (What to do)"]
B --> C["Media (What to send)"]
B --> D["Server (Where to send)"]
C --> E["Ex. Snapshot, Video Clip, System log, Digital Output"]
D --> F["Ex. Email, FTP, HTTP Server, Network storage"]
Event
To set an event with recorded video or snapshots, it is necessary to configure the server and media settings so that the Network Camera will know what action to take (such as which server to send the media files to) when a trigger is activated. An event is an action initiated by a user-defined trigger source. In the Event column, click Add to open the event settings window. Here you can arrange three elements -- Schedule, Trigger, and Action to set an event. A total of 3 event settings can be configured.
![Event Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger Add Help Event name: Enable this event Priority Normal Detect next motion detection or digital input after 10 second(s) 1. Schedule 2. Trigger 3. Action Event Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Close Save event](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/83cc956affda90430620382030d7b7429e8314b29ec317615e766585bfae297f.jpg)
■ Event name: Enter a name for the event setting.
■ Enable this event: Select this option to enable the event setting.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this event (High, Normal, or Low). Events with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
- Detect next motion detection or digital input after □ seconds: Enter the duration in seconds to pause motion detection after a motion is detected. This can prevent event-related actions to be too frequently performed.
1. Schedule
Specify the period of time during which the event trigger will take place. Please select the days of the week and the time in a day (in a 24-hr time format) for the event triggering schedule.
2. Trigger
This is the cause or stimulus which defines when to trigger the Network Camera. The trigger source can be configured to use the Network Camera's built-in motion detection mechanism or external digital input devices.
There are several choices of trigger sources as shown on next page. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options.
■ Video motion detection
This option makes use of the built-in motion detection mechanism as a trigger source. To enable this function, you need to configure a Motion Detection Window first. For more information, please refer to Motion Detection on page 108 for details.
Video motion detection
Normal: □ door
Profile: hallway
Note: Please configure Motion detection first
■ Periodically
This option allows the Network Camera to trigger periodically for every other defined minute. Up to 999 minutes are allowed.
Periodically
Trigger every other 1 minutes
■ System boot
This option triggers the Network Camera when the power to the Network Camera is disconnected.
■ Recording notify
This option allows the Network Camera to trigger when the recording disk is full or when recording starts to rewrite older data.
■ Camera tampering detection
This option allows the Network Camera to trigger when the camera detects that is is being tampered with. To enable this function, you need to configure the Tampering Detection option first. Please refer to page 106 for detailed information.
![Camera tampering detection ✓ Enable camera tampering detection Trigger duration 10 seconds [10~600]](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/422cfd680059ef034c6f9706eb0c98d450365a58836545c29d1334668d68c571.jpg)
■ Manual Trigger
This option allows users to enable event triggers manually by clicking the on/off button on the homepage. Please configure 1 to 3 associated events before using this function.


3. Action
Define the actions to be performed by the Network Camera when a trigger is activated.

■ Backup media if the network is disconnected
Select this option to back up media files to SD card if the network is disconnected. This function will only be displayed after you configured a networked storage (NAS).
Add server
To set an event with recorded video or snapshots, it is necessary to configure the server and media settings so that the Network Camera will know what action to take (such as which server to send the media files to) when a trigger is activated. Click Add server to open the server setting window. You can specify where the notification messages are sent when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 server settings can be configured.
There are four choices of server types available: Email, FTP, HTTP, and Network storage. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Server type - Email
Select to send the media files via email when a trigger is activated.
■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ Sender email address: Enter the email address of the sender.
■ Recipient email address: Enter the email address of the recipient.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the email server.
■ User name: Enter the user name of the email account if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password of the email account if necessary.
■ Server port: The default mail server port is set to 25. You can also manually set another port.
If your SMTP server requires a secure connection (SSL), check This server requires a secure connection (SSL).
To verify if the email settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window. If successful, you will also receive an email indicating the result.


Click Save server to enable the settings.
Note that after you set up the first event server, the new event server will automatically display on the Server list. If you wish to add other server options, click Add server.

Server type - FTP
Select to send the media files to an FTP server when a trigger is activated.

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the FTP server.
■ Server port: By default, the FTP server port is set to 21. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.
■ User name: Enter the login name of the FTP account.
■ Password: Enter the password of the FTP account.
■ FTP folder name
Enter the folder where the media file will be placed. If the folder name does not exist, the Network Camera will automatically create one on the FTP server.
■ Passive mode
Most firewalls do not accept new connections initiated from external requests. If the FTP server supports passive mode, select this option to enable passive mode FTP and allow data transmission to pass through the firewall. The firmware default has the Passive mode checkbox selected.
To verify if the FTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as shown below. If successful, you will also receive a test.txt file on the FTP server.


Click Save server to enable the settings.
Server type - HTTP
Select to send the media files to an HTTP server when a trigger is activated.

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ URL: Enter the URL of the HTTP server.
■ User name: Enter the user name if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password if necessary.
To verify if the HTTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as below. If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the HTTP server.


Click Save server to enable the settings.
Network storage:
Select to send the media files to a network storage location when a trigger is activated. Please refer to NAS server on page 111 for details.
Click Save server to enable the settings.

■ SD Test: Click to test your SD card. The system will display a message indicating success or failure. If you want to use your SD card for local storage, please format it before use. Please refer to page 114 for detailed information.
■ View: Click this button to open a file list window. This function is only for SD card and Network Storage. If you click the View button of SD card, a Local storage page will pop up for you to manage recorded files on SD card. For more information about Local storage, please refer to page 114. If you click the View button of Network storage, a file directory window will pop up for you to view recorded data on Network storage. For detailed illustration, please refer to the next page.
■ Create folders by date, time, and hour automatically: If you check this item, the system will generate folders automatically by the date when video footages are stored onto the networked storage.
The following is an example of a file destination with video clips:

Click 20130820 to open the directory:
The format is: HH (24r)
Click to open the file list for that hour


The format is: File name prefix + Minute (mm)
You can set up the file name prefix on Add media page. Please refer to next page for detailed information.
Add media
Click Add media to open the media setting window. You can specify the type of media that will be sent when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 media settings can be configured. There are three choices of media types available: Snapshot, Video Clip, and System log. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.
![Add server Add media Media name: Media type Attached media: Snapshot Source: Stream 1 Send 1 pre-event image(s) [0~7] Send 1 post-event image(s) [0~7] File name prefix: Snapshot_ ✓ Add date and time suffix to file name Video clip System log Close Save media](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/75fc59c847da71575729220ffabc52f23926fa23cb2571684db5ba800cbae52f.jpg)
Media type - Snapshot
Select to send snapshots when a trigger is activated.
■ Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.
■ Source: Select to take snapshots from a video stream.
■ Send □ pre-event images
The Network Camera has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide how many images to capture before a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.
■ Send □ post-event images
Enter a number to decide how many images to capture after a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.
For example, if both the Send pre-event images and Send post-event images are set to 7, a total of 15 images are generated after a trigger is activated.

■ File name prefix
Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.
■ Add date and time suffix to the file name
Select this option to add a date/time suffix to the file name.
For example:

Click Save media to enable the settings.
To note that after you set up the first media server, a new column for media server will automatically show up on the Media list. If you wish to add more other media options, click Add media.
Media type - Video clip
Select to send video clips when a trigger is activated.
![Media name: Video Clip Media type Attached media: Snapshot Video clip Source: Stream 1 Pre-event recording: 0 seconds [0~9] Maximum duration: 5 seconds [1~20] Maximum file size: 500 Kbytes [50~8192] File name prefix: Video Clip_ System log Close Save media](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/aee76f1a92e3b9a993bca647c9a4af96343af7bd36860fd25a89881e72965f22.jpg)
■ Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.
■ Source: Select the source of video clip.
■ Pre-event recording
The Network Camera has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before a trigger is activated. Up to 9 seconds can be set.
■ Maximum duration
Specify the maximum recording duration in seconds. Up to 10 seconds can be set. For example, if pre-event recording is set to five seconds and the maximum duration is set to ten seconds, the Network Camera continues to record for another 4 seconds after a trigger is activated.

■ Maximum file size
Specify the maximum file size allowed.
■ File name prefix
Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.
For example:

Click Save media to enable the settings.
Media type - System log
Select to send a system log when a trigger is activated.

Click Save media to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

In the Event settings column, the Servers and Medias you configured will be listed; please make sure the Event -> Status is indicated as ON, in order to enable the event triggering action.
When completed, click Save event to enable the settings and click Close to exit Event Settings page. The new Event / Server settings / Media will appear in the event drop-down list on the Event setting page.
Please see the example of the Event setting page below:

When the Event Status is ON, once an event is triggered by motion detection, the Network Camera will automatically send snapshots via e-mail.
If you want to stop the event trigger, you can click on the ON button to turn its status to OFF or click Delete to remove the event setting.
To remove a server setting from the list, select a server name from the drop-down list and click Delete. Note that you can only delete a server setting when it is not applied to an existing event setting.
To remove a media setting from the list, select a media name from the drop-down list and click Delete. Note that you can only delete a media setting when it is not applied to an event setting.
Customized Script
This function allows you to upload a sample script (.xml file) to the webpage, which will save your time on configuring the settings. Please note that there is a limited number of customized scripts you can upload; if the current amount of customized scripts has reached the limit, an alert message will prompt. If you need more information, please contact VIVOTEK technical support.

Applications > Motion detection
This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to enable motion detection. A total of three motion detection windows can be configured.

Follow the steps below to enable motion detection:
- Click New to add a new motion detection window.
- In the Window Name text box, enter a name for the motion detection window.
■ To move and resize the window, drag and drop your mouse on the window.
■ To delete a window, click X on the upper right corner of the window.
- Define the sensitivity to moving objects and the space ratio of all alerted pixels by moving the Sensitivity and Percentage slide bar.
- Click Save to enable the settings.
- Select Enable motion detection to enable this function.
For example:
√ Enable motion detection

Profile
The Percentage Indicator will rise or fall depending on the variation between sequential images. When motions are detected by the Network Camera and are judged to exceed the defined threshold, the red bar rises. Meanwhile, the motion detection window will be outlined in red. Photos or videos can be captured instantly and configured to be sent to a remote server (Email, FTP) by utilizing this feature as a trigger source. For more information on how to set an event, please refer to Event settings on page 89.
A green bar indicates that even though motions have been detected, the event has not been triggered because the image variations still fall under the defined threshold.

bar_stacked
| Category | Green Segment (%) | Red Segment (%) | |---|---|---| | Row 1 | 25 | 75 | | Row 2 | 25 | 75 | | Row 3 | 25 | 75 | | Row 4 | 25 | 75 | | Row 5 | 25 | 75 | Percentage = 30%If you want to configure other motion detection settings for day/night/schedule mode, please click Profile to open the Motion Detection Profile Settings page as shown below. A total of three motion detection windows can be configured on this page as well.
![>Motion detection profile settings (TCP-V) 2014/1/5 14:39:12 Window name: Sensitivity: 63% Percentage: 17% New Save General settings Enable this profile This profile is applied to: From 18:00 to 06:00 [hh:mm] Close Save](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/26cafa6719d0d50532c626c7eddca286d586f063b731ecb08e64ad995317fb30.jpg)
Please follow the steps beolw to set up a profile:
- Create a new motion detection window.
- Check Enable this profile.
- Select the applicable mode: Day mode, Night mode, or Schedule mode. Please manually enter a time range if you choose Schedule mode.
- Click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit the page.
This motion detection window will also be displayed on the Event Settings page. You can go to Event > Event settings > Trigger to choose it as a trigger source. Please refer to page 110 for detailed information.

NOTE:
▶ How does motion detection work?
A
Enable motion detection

C

natural_image
Illustration of a cat playing with grass and water, displayed within a window titled 'windowA' (no text or symbols on the cat or background)B
√ Enable motion detection

D

natural_image
Illustration of a pink fish surrounded by aquatic plants and grass, displayed within a grid interface (no text or symbols)There are two motion detection parameters: Sensitivity and Percentage. In the illustration above, frame A and frame B are two sequential images. Pixel differences between the two frames are detected and highlighted in gray (frame C) and will be compared with the sensitivity setting. Sensitivity is a value that expresses the sensitivity to moving objects. Higher sensitivity settings are expected to detect slight movements while smaller sensitivity settings will neglect them. When the sensitivity is set to 70%, the Network Camera defines the pixels in the purple areas as “alerted pixels” (frame D).
Percentage is a value that expresses the proportion of “alerted pixels” to all pixels in the motion detection window. In this case, 50% of pixels are identified as “alerted pixels”. When the percentage is set to 30%, the motions are judged to exceed the defined threshold; therefore, the motion window will be outlined in red.
For applications that require a high level of security management, it is suggested to use higher sensitivity settings and smaller percentage values.
Applications > Tampering detection
This section explains how to set up camera tamper detection. With tamper detection, the camera is capable of detecting incidents such as redirection, blocking or defocusing, or even spray paint.
![Camera tampering detection ✓ Enable camera tampering detection Trigger duration 10 seconds [10~600] Save](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/ddddf45581481f793a736dbb61bffe8c3c699001d3e84fedbe4cb43b229fa8e1.jpg)
Please follow the steps below to set up the camera tamper detection function:
- Check Enable camera tampering detection.
- The tamper alarm will be triggered only when the tampering factor (the difference between current frame and pre-saved background) exceeds the trigger threshold.
- Set up the event source as Camera Tampering Detection on Event > Event settings > Trigger. Please refer to page 110 for detailed information.
Applications > VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform)

Users can store and execute VIVOTEK's or 3rd-party software modules onto the camera's flash memory or SD card. These software modules can apply in video analysis for intelligent video applications such as license plate recognition, object counting, or as an agent for edge recording, etc.
- Once the software package is successfully uploaded, the module configuration (vadp.xml) information is displayed. When uploading a module, the camera will examine whether the module fits the predefined VADP requirements. Please contact technical support or the vendor of your 3rd-party module for the parameters contained within.
- Users can also run VIVOTEK's VADP packages as a means to access updated functionality instead of replacing the entire firmware.
- Note that for some cameras the flash is too small to hold VADP packages. These cameras will have its "Save to SD card" checkbox selected and grayed-out for all time.
- The file system of SD card (FAT32) does not support soft (symbolic) link. It will return failure if your module tries to create soft links on SD card.
To utilize a software module, acquire the software package and click Browse and Upload buttons. The screen message for a successful upload is shown below:

To start a module, select the checkcircle in front, and click the Start button.

If you should need to remove a module, select the checkcircle in front and then click the Stop button. By then the module status will become OFF, and the X button will appear at the end of the row. Click on the X button to remove an existing module.

When prompted by a confirm message, Click Yes to proceed.

Note that the actual memory consumed while operating the module will be indicated on the Memory status field. This helps determine whether a running module has consumed too much of system resources.
Recording > Recording settings
This section explains how to configure the recording settings for the Network Camera.
Recording Settings


NOTE:
▶ Please remember to format your SD card when using it for the first time. Please refer to page 114 for detailed information.
Recording Settings
Click Add to open the recording setting window. On this page, you can define the adaptive recording, recording source, recording schedule, and recording capacity. A total of 2 recording settings can be configured.
![Recording name: video Enable this recording With adaptive recording Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0~9] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0~10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger 2. Destination Trigger Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Network fail Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Close Save](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/75a5579795d23a8157ea10794db2c0595c2335294a8c76cf858c8e1f8f0e9013.jpg)
■ Recording name: Enter a name for the recording setting.
■ Enable this recording: Select this option to enable video recording.
■ With adaptive recording:
Select this option will activate the frame rate control according to alarm trigger. The frame control means that when there is a triggered alarm, the frame rate will raise up to the value you've set on Video quality page. Please refer to page 52 for more information.
If you enable adaptive recording and enable time-shift cache stream on Camera A, only when an event is triggered on Camera A will the server record the full frame rate streaming data; otherwise, it will only request the I frame data during normal monitoring, thus effectively save lots of bandwidths and storage space.


NOTE:
▶ To enable adaptive recording, please make sure you've set up the trigger source such as Motion Detection, DI Device, or Manual Trigger.
▶ When there is no alarm trigger:
- JPEG mode: record 1 frame per second.
- H.264 mode: record I frame only.
- MPEG-4 mode: record the I frame only.
▶ When the I frame period is >1s on Video settings page, firmware will force decrease the I frame period to 1s when adaptive recording is enabled.
The alarm trigger includes: motion detection and DI detection. Please refer to Event Settings on page 89.
■ Pre-event recording and post-event recording
The Network Camera has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before and after a trigger is activated.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this recording (High, Normal, or Low). Recording with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
■ Source: Select a stream for the recording source.

NOTE:
▶ To enable recording notification please configure Event settings first. Please refer to page 89.
Please follow the steps below to set up the recording.
1. Trigger
Select a trigger source.
![Trigger Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Network fail](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/95440905042f37cf6724d370721f22eeb7070d955f8be10602838a92b611bbc5.jpg)
■ Schedule: The server will start to record files on the local storage or network storage (NAS).
■ Network fail: Since network fail, the server will start to record files on the local storage (SD card).
2. Destination
You can select the SD card or network storage (NAS) for the recorded video files.
![Recording name: 5.55 Enable this recording With adaptive recording Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0-9] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0-10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger Destination: Destination: NAS Capacity: Entire free space Reserved space 100 Styles File name prefix: Enable cyclic recording 2. Destination Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Close Save](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/d3d2b7c352dd5f5b36d9f8ff1fa0c1a2dba1265f5f62d5e58e30349076537c31.jpg)
NAS server
Click Add NAS server to open the server setting window and follow the steps below to set up:
- Fill in the information for your server.
For example:

User name and password for your server
- Click Test to check the setting. The result will be shown in the pop-up window.


If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the network storage server.
![NAS on ritali File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address \ritali\NAS File and Folder Tasks Rename this file Move this file Copy this file Publish this file to the Web E-mail this file Print this file Delete this file Other Places test.txt Text Document 1 KB test.txt - Notepad File Edit Format View Help [NOTIFICATION]The Result of Server Test of Your IP Camera](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/1a325de1d968c4dad934098107cc4e8bf88a663da32684476eca99dd2154b2e0.jpg)
- Enter a server name.
- Click Save to complete the settings and click Close to exit the page.
![Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0~9] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0~10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger Destination Destination: NAS Capacity: Entire free space Reserved space: 100 Mbytes Enable cyclic recording Recording file management Maximum duration: 1 minutes [1~60] Maximum file size: 100 MB [100~2000] File name prefix: Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Close Save](/content/2026/06/1186248/images/bdc871ab473fdce94e930b93f5fc31723fb944e4b7d3f23061dddf2838eceb56.jpg)
■ Capacity: You can choose either the entire free space available or limit the reserved space. The recording size limit must be larger than the reserved amount for cyclic recording.
■ Enable cyclic recording: If you check this item, when the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one. The reserved amount is reserved for the transaction stage when the storage space is about to be full and new data arrives. The minimum for the Reserved space must be larger than 15 MBytes.
■ Maximum duration: Specify the length of an individual video clip.
■ Maximum file size: Specify the file size of an individual clip.
■ File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.
If you want to enable recording notification, please click Event to configure event triggering settings. Please refer to Event > Event settings on page 89 for more details.
When completed, select Enable this recording. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit this page. When the system begins recording, it will send the recorded files to the network storage. The new recording name will appear in the drop-down list on the recording page as shown below.
To remove a recording setting from the list, select a recording name from the drop-down list and click Delete.

■ Click Video (Name): Opens the Recording Settings page to modify.
■ Click ON (Status): The Status will become OFF and stop recording.
■ Click NAS (Destination): Opens the file list of recordings as shown below. For more information about folder naming rules, please refer to page 111 for details.

Local storage > SD card management
This section explains how to manage the local storage on the Network Camera. Here you can view SD card status, and implement SD card control.
SD card staus
This column shows the status and reserved space of your SD card. Please remember to format the SD card when using for the first time.


SD card control

■ Enable cyclic storage: Check this item if you want to enable cyclic recording. When the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one.
■ Enable automatic disk cleanup: Check this item and enter the number of days you wish to retain a file. For example, if you enter "7 days", the recorded files will be stored on the SD card for 7 days. Files older than 7 days will automatically be cleaned up.
Click Save to enable your settings.
Local storage > Content management
This section explains how to manage the content of recorded videos on the Network Camera. Here you can search and view the records and view the searched results.
Searching and Viewing the Records
This column allows the user to set up search criteria for recorded data. If you do not select any criteria and click Search button, all recorded data will be listed in the Search Results column.

■ File attributes: Select one or more items as your search criteria.
■ Trigger time: Manually enter the time range you want to search.
Click Search and the recorded data corresponding to the search criteria will be listed in Search Results window.
Search Results
The following is an example of search results. There are four columns: Trigger time, Media type, Trigger type, and Locked. Click 🔔 to sort the search results in either direction.

■ View: Click on a search result which will highlight the selected item in purple as shown above. Click the View button and a media window will pop up to play back the selected file.
For example:

■ Download: Click on a search result to highlight the selected item in purple as shown above. Then click the Download button and a file download window will pop up for you to save the file.
■ JPEGs to AVI: This functions only applies to "JPEG" format files such as snapshots. You can select several snapshots from the list, then click this button. Those snapshots will be converted into an AVI file.
■ Lock/Unlock: Select the desired search results, then click this button. The selected items will become Locked, which will not be deleted during cyclic recording. You can click again to unlock the selections. For example:

■ Remove: Select the desired search results, then click this button to delete the files.
Appendix
URL Commands for the Network Camera
1. Overview
For some customers who already have their own web site or web control application, the Network Camera/Video Server can be easily integrated through URL syntax. This section specifies the external HTTP-based application programming interface. The HTTP-based camera interface provides the functionality to request a single image, control camera functions (PTZ, output relay etc.), and get and set internal parameter values. The image and CGI-requests are handled by the built-in Web server.
2. Style Convention
In URL syntax and in descriptions of CGI parameters, text within angle brackets denotes content that is to be replaced with either a value or a string. When replacing the text string, the angle brackets should also be replaced. An example of this is the description of the name for the server, denoted with
URL syntax is denoted with the word "Syntax:" written in bold face followed by a box with the referenced syntax as shown below. For example, name of the server is written as
Syntax:
http://
Description of returned data is written with "Return:" in bold face followed by the returned data in a box. All data is returned in HTTP format, i.e., each line is separated with a Carriage Return and Line Feed (CRLF) printed as \n.
Return:
HTTP/1.0
URL syntax examples are written with "Example:" in bold face followed by a short description and a light grey box with the example.
Example: request a single snapshot image
http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg
3. General CGI URL Syntax and Parameters
When the CGI request includes internal camera parameters, these parameters must be written exactly as they are named in the camera or video server. The CGIs are organized in functionally-related directories under the cgi-bin directory. The file extension .cgi is required.
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/<subdir>[/<subdir>...]/<cgi>.<ext>[?<parameter><value>[&<parameter><value>...]]
Example: Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state.
http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=1
See page 198 for the URL commands for the IB8168.
- Security Level
| SECURITY LEVEL | SUB-DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION | |
| 0 anonymous | Unprotected. | |
| 1 [view] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl | 1. Can view, listen, talk to camera.2. Can control DI/DO, PTZ of the camera. | |
| 4 [operator] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator | Operator access rights can modify most of the camera's parameters except some privileges and network options. | |
| 6 [admin] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator, admin | Administrator access rights can fully control the camera's operations. | |
| 7 N/A Internal parameters. Unable to be changed by any external interfaces. | ||
5. Get Server Parameter Values
Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
Where the
When querying parameter values, the current parameter values are returned.
A successful control request returns parameter pairs as follows:
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair>
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>]
Example: Request IP address and its response
Request:
http://192.168.0.123/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?network_ipaddress
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: 33\r\n
\r\n
network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n
6. Set Server Parameter Values
Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| value to assigned | Assignto the parameter. | |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.(Note: The return page can be a general HTML file (.htm, .html). It cannot be a CGI command or have any extra parameters. This parameter must be placed at the end of the parameter list | |
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair>
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>]
Only the parameters that you set and are readable will be returned.
Example: Set the IP address of server to 192.168.0.123:
Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: 33\r\n
\r\n
network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n
7. Available parameters on the server
This chapter defines all the parameters which can be configured or retrieved from VIVOTEK network camera or video server. The general format of description is listed in the table below
Valid values:
| VALID VALUES DESCRIPTION | |
| string[] | Text strings shorter than ‘n’ characters. The characters ‘,’, <,>,& are invalid. |
| string[n~m] | Text strings longer than ‘n’ characters and shorter than ‘m’ characters. The characters ‘,’, <,>,& are invalid. |
| password[] | The same as string but displays ‘*’ instead. |
| integer Any number between (-231-1) and (231-1). | |
| positive integer Any number between 0 and (232-1). | |
| ~ | Any number between ‘m’ and ‘n’. |
| domain name[] | A string limited to a domain name shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. www.ibm.com). |
| email address [] | A string limited to an email address shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. joe@www.ibm.com). |
| ip address | A string limited to an IP address (eg. 192.168.1.1). |
| mac address | A string limited to contain a MAC address without hyphens or colons. |
| boolean | A boolean value of 1 or 0 represents [Yes or No], [True or False], [Enable or Disable]. |
| ,,,,,... | Enumeration. Only given values are valid. |
| blank | A blank string. |
| everything inside <> | A description |
| integer primary key | SQLite data type. A 32-bit signed integer. The value is assigned a unique integer by the server. |
| text | SQLite data type. The value is a text string, stored using the database encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE). |
| coordinate | x, y coordinate (eg. 0,0) |
| window size | window width and height (eg. 800x600) |
NOTE: The camera should not be restarted when parameters are changed.
7.1 system
Group: system
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| hostname string[64] Mega-Pixel | Network Camera | 1/6 Host name | of server. | |
| ledoff0 6/6 Turn on (0) or turn off(1) all | led indicators. | |||
| dateDD> | <current date> | 6/6 Current date of system. | ||
| time | time> | 6/6 Current time of the system. | ||
| datetime | <current time> | 6/6 Another current time format of the system. | ||
| ntp | <blank> | 6/6 NTP server. | *Do not use “skip to invoke default server” for default value. | |
| timezoneindex | -489 ~ 529 | 320 | 6/6 | Indicate timezone and area.-480: GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein-440: GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa-400: GMT-10:00 Hawaii-360: GMT-09:00 Alaska-320: GMT-08:00 Las Vegas, San_Francisco, Vancouver-280: GMT-07:00 Mountain Time, Denver-281: GMT-07:00 Arizona-240: GMT-06:00 Central America, Central Time, Mexico City, Saskatchewan-200: GMT-05:00 Eastern Time, New York, Toronto |
| -201: GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Indiana-180: GMT-04:30 Caracas-160: GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time, Canada, La Paz, Santiago-140: GMT-03:30 Newfoundland-120: GMT-03:00 Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Georgetown, Greenland-80: GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic-40: GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape_Verde_IS.0: GMT Casablanca, Greenwich Mean Time: Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London40: GMT 01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna, Madrid, Paris41: GMT 01:00 Warsaw, Budapest, Bern80: GMT 02:00 Athens, Helsinki, Istanbul, Riga81: GMT 02:00 Cairo82: GMT 02:00 Lebanon, Minsk83: GMT 02:00 Israel120: GMT 03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Nairobi121: GMT 03:00 Iraq140: GMT 03:30 Tehran160: GMT 04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat, Baku, Tbilisi, Yerevan180: GMT 04:30 Kabul200: GMT 05:00 | ||||
| Ekaterinburg, Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent220: GMT 05:30 Calcutta, Chennai, Mumbai, New Delhi230: GMT 05:45 Kathmandu240: GMT 06:00 Almaty, Novosibirsk, Astana, Dhaka, Sri Jayawardenepura260: GMT 06:30 Rangoon280: GMT 07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta, Krasnoyarsk320: GMT 08:00 Beijing, Chongging, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei360: GMT 09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo, Seoul, Yakutsk380: GMT 09:30 Adelaide, Darwin400: GMT 10:00 Brisbane, Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Vladivostok440: GMT 11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia480: GMT 12:00 Auckland, Wellington, Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.520: GMT 13:00 Nuku'Alofa | ||||
| daylight_enable | 0 6/6 Enable automatic daylight | saving time in time zone. | ||
| daylight_dstactualmode 1~4 | 1 6/7 Check if current time is | under daylight saving time.(Used internally) | ||
| daylight_auto_begintime string[19] NONE 6/7 | Display the current daylight | saving start time. | ||
| daylight_auto_endtime string[19] NONE 6/7 | Display the current daylight | saving end time. | ||
| daylight_timezones | string | ,-360,-320, | 6/6 | List time zone index which |
| -280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-160,-140,-120,-80,-40,0,40,41,80,81,82,83,120,140,380,400,480 | support daylight saving time. | |||
| updateinterval 0, | 3600,86400,604800,2592000 | 0 6/6 0 to Disable automatic | timeadjustment, otherwise, itindicates the seconds betweenNTP automatic updateintervals. | |
| restore 0, | N/A 7/6 Restore the system | parameters to default valuesafterseconds. | ||
| reset 0, | N/A 7/6 Restart the server after | seconds ifisnon-negative. | ||
| restoreexceptnetN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except (ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2, pppoe).This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results. | ||||
| restoreexceptdstN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except all daylight saving time settings.This command can cooperate | ||||
| with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to default values except for a union of combined results. | ||||
| restoreexceptlangN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except the custom language file the user has uploaded. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results. | ||||
| restoreexceptvadpN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except the vadp parameters and VADP modules that stored in the system. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results. | ||||
7.1.1 system.info
Subgroup of system: info (The fields in this group are unchangeable.)
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| modelname string[40] IB8156 0/7 Internal model name of the server | ||||
| extendedmodelname | string[40] | IP8156 | 0/7 | ODM specific model name of server (eg. DCS-5610). If it is not an ODM model, this field will be equal to “modelname” |
| serialnumber | 0/7 12 characters MAC address (without hyphens). | |||
| firmwareversion | string[40] IB8156-V VTK-0100 b | 0/7 Firmware version, including model, company, and version number in the format: | ||
| language_count | 9 | 0/7 | Number of webpage languages available on the server. | |
| language_i<0~(count-1)> | string[16] English Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português 簡体中文繁體中文 | 0/7 Available language lists. | ||
| customlanguage_maxcount | 1 | 0/6 | Maximum number of custom languages supported on the server. | |
| customlanguage_count | 0 | 0/6 | Number of custom languages which have been uploaded to the server. | |
| customlanguage_i<0~(max count-1)> | string | N/A | 0/6 Custom language name. | |
7.2 status
Group: status
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| onlinenum_rtsp integer 0 6/7 | Current number of RTSP | connections. | ||
| onlinenum_httppush integer 0 | 6/7 Current number of HTTP push | server connections. | ||
| eth_i01/7 Get network information from | mii-tool. | |||
| vi_i<0~(nvi-1)> | 0 | 1/7 | Virtual input0 => Inactive1 => Active(capability.nvi > 0) | |
7.3 security
Group: security
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| privilege_camctrl | view, operator, admin | view | 1/6 | Indicate which privileges and above can control ePTZ (capability.eptz > 0) |
| user_i0_name | string[64] | root | 6/7 | User name of root |
| user_i<1~20>_name | string[64] | 6/7 | User name | |
| user_i0_pass | password[64] | 6/6 | Root password | |
| user_i<1~20>_pass | password[64] | 7/6 | User password | |
| user_i0_privilege | view, operator, admin | admin | 6/7 | Root privilege |
| user_i<1~20>_privilege | view, operator, admin | 6/6 | User privilege |
7.4 network
Group: network
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |||
| preprocess | NULL 6/6 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => HTTP service;Bit 1 => HTTPS service;Bit 2 => FTP service;Bit 3 => Two way audio and RTSP Streaming service;To stop service before changing its port settings. It's recommended to set this parameter when change a service port to the port occupied by another service currently. Otherwise, the service may fail.Stopped service will auto-start after changing port settings.Ex:Change HTTP port from 80 to 5556, and change RTP port for video from 5556 to 20480.Then, set preprocess=9 to stop both service first."/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_preprocess=9&network_http_port=5556 & network_rtp_videoport=20480" | |||
| type lan, | pppoe | lan 6/6 Network connection type. | ||
| resetip | 1 | 6/6 | 1 => Get ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2 from DHCP server at next reboot.0 => Use preset ipaddress, subnet, rounter, dns1, and dns2. | |
| ipaddress | 6/6 IP address of server. | |||
| subnet | 6/6 Subnet mask. | |||
| router | 6/6 Default gateway. | |||
| dns1address> | 6/6 | Primary DNS server. | |
| dns2address> | 6/6 | Secondary DNS server. | |
| wins1address> | 6/6 | Primary WINS server. | |
| wins2address> | 6/6 | Secondary WINS server. | |
7.4.1 802.1x
Subgroup of network: ieee8021x (capability.protocol.ieee8021x > 0)
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable0 | 6/6 Enable/disable IEEE 802.1x | |||
| eapmethod | eap-peap,eap-tls | eap-peap | 6/6 Selected EAP method | |
| identity_peap | String[64] | 6/6 | PEAP identity | |
| identity_tls | String[64] | 6/6 | TLS identity | |
| password | String[200] | 6/6 | Password for TLS | |
| privatekeypassword | String[200] | 6/6 | Password for PEAP | |
| ca_exist | 0 | 6/6 CA installed flag | ||
| ca_time | 0 | 6/7 | CA installed time. Representedin EPOCH | |
| ca_size | 0 | 6/7 CA file size (in bytes) | ||
| certificate_exist | 0 | 6/6 | Certificate installed flag (forTLS) | |
| certificate_time | 0 | 6/7 | Certificate installed time.Represented in EPOCH | |
| certificate_size | 0 | 6/7 | Certificate file size (in bytes) | |
| privatekey_exist | 0 | 6/6 | Private key installed flag (forTLS) | |
| privatekey_time | 0 | 6/7 | Private key installed time.Represented in EPOCH | |
| privatekey_size | 0 | 6/7 | Private key file size (in bytes) | |
7.4.2 QOS
Subgroup of network: qos_cos (capability.protocol.qos.cos > 0)
| NAME VALUE | DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| enable | 0 6/6 Enable/disable CoS (IEEE 802.1p) | |||
| vlanid 1~4095 | 1 6/6 VLAN ID | |||
| video | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Video channel for CoS | ||
| eventalarm | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Event/alarm channel for CoS | ||
| management | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Management channel for CoS | ||
| eventtunnel | 0~7 | 0 | 6/6 | Event/Control channel for CoS |
Subgroup of network: qos_dscp (capability.protocol.qos.dscp > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable/disable DSCP | |
| video | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Video channel for DSCP |
| eventalarm | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Event/alarm channel for DSCP |
| management | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Management channel for DSCP |
| eventtunnel | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Event/Control channel for DSCP |
7.4.3 IPV6
Subgroup of network: ipv6 (capability.protocol.ipv6 > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable IPv6. | |
| addonipaddress | 6/6 | IPv6 IP address. | ||
| addonprefixlen | 0~128 | 64 | 6/6 | IPv6 prefix length. |
| addonrouter | 6/6 | IPv6 router address. | ||
| addondns | 6/6 | IPv6 DNS address. | ||
| allowoptional | 0 | 6/6 | Allow manually setup of IP address setting. |
7.4.4 FTP
Subgroup of network: ftp
| NAME VALUE DEF | AULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| port 21, 1025~65535 | 21 6/6 Local ftp server port. |
7.4.5 HTTP
Subgroup of network: http
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| port | 80, 1025 ~ 65535 | 80 1/6 HTTP port. | ||
| alternateport | 1025~65535 | 8080 | 6/6 | Alternate HTTP port. |
| authmode | basic,digest | basic 1/6 HTTP authentication mode. | ||
| s0_accessname | string[32] | video.mjpg | 1/6 | HTTP server push access name for stream 1.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream >0) |
| s1_accessname | string[32] | video2.mjpg | 1/6 | HTTP server push access name for stream 2.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream >1) |
| s2_accessname | string[32] | video3.mjpg | 1/6 | Http server push access name for stream 3(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream >2) |
| anonymousviewing | 0 | 1/6 | Enable anonymous streaming viewing. | |
7.4.6 HTTPS port
Subgroup of network: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)
| NAME VALUE DE | FAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| port 443, 1025 ~ | 65535 | 443 1/6 HTTPS port. |
7.4.7 RTSP
Subgroup of network: rtsp (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)
| NAME VALUE DEFA | ULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| port | 554, 1025 ~ 65535 | 554 | 1/6 RTSP port. | (capability.protocol.rtsp=1) |
| anonymousviewing | 0 | 1/6 | Enable anonymous streaming viewing. | |
| authmode | disable, basic, digest | disable | 1/6 RTSP authentication mode. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1) | |
| s0_accessname | string[32] | live.sdp | 1/6 | RTSP access name for stream1. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream > 0) |
| s1_accessname | string[32] | live2.sdp | 1/6 | RTSP access name for stream2. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream > 1) |
| s2_accessname | string[32] | live3.sdp | 1/6 | RTSP access name for stream3 (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream > 2) |
7.4.7.1 RTSP multicast
Subgroup of network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>: multicast, n is stream count
(capability.protocol.rtp.multicast > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| alwaysmulticast | 0 | 4/4 | Enable always multicast. | |
| ipaddress | For n=0, 239.128.1.99 For n=1,239.128.1.100, and so on. | 4/4 Multicast | IP address. | |
| videoport 1025 ~ 6 | 5535 5560+n*2 4/4 | Multicast video port. | ||
| ttl 1 ~ 255 15 4/4 | Mutlicast time to live value. |
7.4.8 RTP port
Subgroup of network: rtp
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURIT | Y (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| videoport | 1025 ~ 65535 | 5556 | 6/6 | Video channel port for RTP. (capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1) |
7.4.9 PPPoE
Subgroup of network: pppoe (capability.protocol.pppoe > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| user | string[128] | 6/6 | PPPoE account user name. | |
| pass | password[64] | 6/6 | PPPoE account password. |
7.5 IP Filter Group: ipfilter
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable access list filtering. | |
| admin_enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable administrator IP address. | |
| admin_ip | String[43] | 6/6 | Administrator IP address. | |
| maxconnection | 0~10 | 10 | 6/6 | Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s). |
| type | 0, 1 | 1 | 6/6 Ipfilter policy :0 => allow1 => deny | |
| ipv4list_i<0~9> | Single address: | 6/6 IPv4 address list. | ||
| ipv6list_i<0~9> String[43] | 6/6 IPv6 address list. | |||
7.6 video input
Group: videoin
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| cmosfreq 50, 60 60 4/4 CMOS frequency. | (capability.videoin.type=2) | |||
| whitebalance auto, | manual,rbgain | auto 4/4 “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.“rbgain” indicates using rgain and gbain. | ||
| exposurelevel | 0~12 | 6 | 4/4 | Exposure level |
| color | 0, 1 | 1 | 4/4 | 0 =>monochrome1 => color |
| flip | 0 | 4/4 | Flip the image. | |
| mirror | 0 | 4/4 | Mirror the image. | |
| imprinttimestamp | 0 | 4/4 | Overlay time stamp on video. | |
7.6.1 video input setting per channel
Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products, and m is stream number
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| cmosfreq | 50, 60 | 60 | 4/4 | CMOS frequency.(capability. videoin.type=2) |
| whitebalance auto, | manual,rbgain | auto 4/4 “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.“rbgain” indicates using rgain and gbain. | ||
| rgain 0~100 30 4/4 Manual set rgain value of | gain control setting. | |||
| bgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set bgain value of gain control setting. |
| exposurelevel | 0~12 | 6 | 4/4 | Exposure level |
| wdrc_mode | 0~1 | 0 | 4/4 | WDR enhanced.0: off1: on |
| wdrc_strength | 0~2 | 1 | 4/4 | WDR enhanced.0: low1: medium2: high |
| maxgain | 0~100 | 100 | 4/4 | Manual set maximum gain value. |
| mingain | 0~100 | 0 | 4/4 | Manual set minimum gain value. |
| color 0, 1 1 | 4/4 0 =>monochrome | 1 => color | ||
| flip | 0 | 4/4 | Flip the image. | |
| mirror | 0 | 4/4 | Mirror the image. | |
| text | string[64] | 1/4 | Enclose caption. | |
| ptzstatus | 2 | 1/7 | A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0=> Support camera control function; 0(notsupport), 1(support)Bit 1=>Built-in orexternal camera; 0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support panoperation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 3 => Support tiltoperation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoomoperation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 5 => Support focusoperation; 0(not support),1(support) | |
| imprinttimestamp0 4/4 Overlay time stamp on | video. | |||
| textonvideo_position top, bottom top 4/4 Position of timestamp and | video title on image | |||
| textonvideo_size 15,25,30 15 4/4 Timestamp and video title | font-size | |||
| minexposure 5, 15, 25, 30,50, 60, 100,120, 240, 250,480, 500, 1000,2000, 4000,8000, 16000,32000 | 32000 | 4/4 Minimum exposure time. | ||
| maxexposure | 5, 15, 25, 30,50, 60, 100,120, 240, 250,480, 500, 1000,2000, 4000,8000, 16000,32000 | 30 4/4 Maximum exposure time. | ||
| enablepreviews<0~(m-1)>_codectype mjpeg, | h264 h264 1/4 | 0Video codec type. | 1/4 | Usage for UI of exposure settings. Preview settings of video profile.svc is only supported with stream 0. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_resolution 1.3M C | CMOS => 176x144, 320x256, 640x512, 980x768, 1280x1024 | 1280x1024 | 1/4 | Video resolution in pixels. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_intraperiod | 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 | 1000 4/4 | Intra frame period in milliseconds. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_priority policy | framerate, imagequality | framerate 4/4 | The policy to apply when the target bit rate is not sufficient to satisfy current encoded conditions. “framerate” indicates frame rate first. “imagequality” indicates image quality first. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_ratecontrolmode | cbr, vbr | cbr | 4/4 | cbr, constant bitrate vbr, fix quality |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant | 1~5,99, 100 | 3 | 4/4 | Quality of video when choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”. 1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality. 100: Use the quality level in "qpercent" 99: Use the quality level in "qvalue" |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent | 1~100 | 50 | 4/4 | Set quality by percentage. 1: Worst quality 100: Best quality(s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 100) |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qvalue 0~51 | 29 4/4 Manual | video quality level | input.(s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 99) | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_bitrate 1000 | ~40000000 | 3000000,512000(s1) | 4/4 Set bit rate | in bps when choosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxvbr bitrate | 1000~40000000 | 40000000 | 4/4 Set bit rate | in bps when choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxframe | 1~25,26~30 (only for NTSC or 60Hz CMOS) | 30 1/4 Set maximum frame | rate in fps (for h264). | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_profile 0~2 | 1 1/4 Indicate H264 profiles | 0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile | ||
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_prioritypolicy | framerate,imagequality | framerate 4/4 The policy | to apply when the target bit rate is not sufficient to satisfy current encoded conditions.“framerate” indicates frame rate first.“imagequality” indicates image quality first. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_ratecontrolmode | cbr, vbr vbr 4/4 | cbr, constant bitrate | vbr, fix quality | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant | 1~5,99, 100 3 4/4 | Quality of video when | choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”.1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.100: Use the quality level in "qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue" | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxframe | 1~25,26~30 (only for NTSC or 60Hz CMOS) | 30 1/4 Set maximum frame | rate infps (for JPEG). | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qvalue 10~ | 200 49 4/4 Manual video quality level | input.(s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 0) | ||
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent | 1~100 | 50 | 4/4Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality(s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 100) | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_bitrate | 1000~40000000 | 14000000 4/4 Set bit rate | in bps when choosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxvb rbitrate | 1000~40000000 | 40000000 4/4 Set bit rate | in bps when choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_forcei 1 N/A 7/6 | Force I frame. | |||
| flickerless 0~1 0 | 4/4 Turn on(1) or turn off(0) the | flickerless mode | ||
7.6.1.1 Alternative video input profiles per channel
In addition to the primary setting of video input, there can be alternative profile video input setting for each channel which might be for different scene of light (daytime or nighttime).
Group: videoin_profile_i<0\~(m-1)>(capability.nvideoinprofile>0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable/disable this profile setting | |
| policy | schedule | schedule | 4/4 | The mode which the profile is applied to. |
| begintime | hh:mm | 18:00 | 4/4 | Begin time of schedule mode. |
| endtime | hh:mm | 06:00 | 4/4 | End time of schedule mode. |
| minexposure 5, 15, 25, | 30, 50, 60, 100, 120, 240, 250, 480,500, 1000, 2000,4000, 8000,16000, 32000 | 32000 | 4/4 | Minimum exposure time. |
| maxexposure 5, 15, 25. | 30, 50,60, 100, 120,240, 250, 480,500, 1000, 2000,4000, 8000,16000, 32000 | 30 4/4 Maximum exposure time. | ||
| exposurelevel 0~12 6 | 4/4 Exposure level | |||
| maxgain 0~100 100 4 | 4 Manual set maximum gain value. | |||
| mingain 0~100 0 4/4 | Manual set minimum gain value. | |||
| whitebalance auto, | manual,rbgain | auto | 4/4 “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.“rbgain” indicates using rgain and gbain. | |
| rgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set rgain value of gain control setting. |
| bgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set bgain value of gain control setting. |
| wdrc_mode | 0~3 | 0 | 4/4 | WDR enhanced.0: off1: auto2: always on3: keep current value |
| wdrc_strength | 0~2 | 0 | 4/4 | WDR enhanced.0: low1: medium2: high |
| flickerless | 0~1 | 0 | 4/4 | Turn on(1) of turn off(0) the flickerless mode |
7.6.2 Video input preview
The temporary settings for video preview
Group: videoinpreview
| NAME VALUE DE | FAULT SECURIT | Y (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| exposure mode auto, fixed auto 1/4 Exposure Mode | ||||
| minexposure 5, 15, 25, | 30, 50,60, 100, 120,240, 250, 480,500, 1000, 2000,4000, 8000,16000, 32000 | 32000 | 4/4 | Minimum exposure time. |
| maxexposure | 5, 15, 25, 30, 50,60, 100, 120,240, 250, 480,500, 1000, 2000,4000, 8000,16000, 32000 | 30 | 4/4 | Maximum exposure time. |
| exposurelevel | 0~12 | 6 | 4/4 | Exposure level |
| wdrc_mode 0~3 | 0 | 4/4 WDR enhanced. | 0: off1: auto2: always on3: keep current value | |
| wdrc_strength | 0~2 | 0 | 4/4 | WDR enhanced.0: low1: medium2: high |
| maxgain | 0~100 | 100 | 4/4 | Manual set maximum gain value. |
| mingain | 0~100 | 0 | 4/4 | Manual set minimum gain value. |
7.7 image setting per channel
Group: image_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| brightness | -5 ~ 5 0 4/4 Adjust brightness of image | according to mode settings. | ||
| saturation -5 ~ 5, 100 | 100 4/4 Adjust saturation of image | according to mode settings. | ||
| contrast -5 ~ 5 0 4/4 | Adjust contrast of image according | to mode settings. | ||
| sharpness | -3 ~ 3, 100 100 4/4 Adjust sharpness of image | according to mode settings. | ||
| saturationpercent | 0 ~ 100 | 50 | 4/4 | Adjust saturation of image by percentage.Less 0 <-> 100 More saturation |
| sharpnesspercent | 0~100 | 50 | 4/4 | Adjust sharpness of image by percentage.Softer 0 <-> 100 Sharper |
| gammacurve | 0, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Gamma curve. |
| lowlightmode | 1 | 4/4 | Enable/disable low light mode. | |
7.7.1 Image setting for preview
Group: imagepreview_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| brightness | -5 ~ 5 | 0 | 4/4 | Adjust brightness of image according to mode settings. |
| saturation | -5 ~ 5, 100 | 100 | 4/4 | Adjust saturation of image according to mode settings. |
| contrast | -5 ~ 5 | 0 | 4/4 | Adjust contrast of image according to mode settings. |
| sharpness | -3 ~ 3, 100 | 100 | 4/4 | Adjust sharpness of image according to mode settings. |
| saturationpercent | 0 ~ 100 | 50 | 4/4 | Adjust saturation of image by percentage. Less 0 <-> 100 Moresaturation |
| sharpnesspercent | 0~100 | 50 | 4/4 | Adjust sharpness of image by percentage. Softer 0 <-> 100 Sharper |
| gammacurve 0, 45, | 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 | 0 4/4 Gamma curve. | ||
| lowlightmodelean> 1 4/4 Enable/disable low light | mode. | |||
Group: imagepreview
| NAME VALUE DEF | AULT | SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| videoin_whitebalance | auto, manual, rbgain | auto | 4/4 | Preview of adjusting white balance of image according to mode settings |
| videoin_rgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set rgain value of gain control setting. |
| videoin_bgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set bgain value of gain control setting. |
7.8 Time Shift settings
Group: timeshift, c for n channel products, m is stream number (capability.timeshift > 0)
| NAME | VALUE DEFAULT | T | SECURITY(get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable time shift streaming. | |
| c<0~(n-1)>_s<0~(m-1)>_allow | 0 | 4/4 | Enable time shift streaming for specific stream. |
7.9 Motion detection settings
Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable0 4/4 | Enable motion | detection. | ||
| win_i<0~2>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable motion window 1~3. | |
| win_i<0~2>_name string[14] | [blank] | 4/4 Name of motion window 1~3. | ||
| win_i<0~2>_left 0 ~ 320 | 0 4/4 | Left coordinate of window | position. | |
| win_i<0~2>_top | 0 ~ 240 | 0 4/4 Top coordinate of window | position. | |
| win_i<0~2>_width | 0 ~ 320 | 0 | 4/4 | Width of motion detection window. |
| win_i<0~2>_height | 0 ~ 240 | 0 | 4/4 | Height of motion detection window. |
| win_i<0~2>_objsize | 0 ~ 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Percent of motion detection window. |
| win_i<0~2>_sensitivity | 0 ~ 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Sensitivity of motion detection window. |
Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile for m profile and n channel product (capability.nmotionprofile > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| i<0~(m-1)>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable profile 1 ~ (m-1). | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_policy | schedule | schedule | 4/4 | The mode which the profile is applied to. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_begintime | hh:mm | 18:00 | 4/4 | Begin time of schedule mode. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_endtime | hh:mm | 06:00 | 4/4 | End time of schedule mode. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable motion window. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_name | string[14] | 4/4 | Name of motion window. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_lefti<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_top 0 ~ 240 0 4/4 Top coordinate of | 0 ~ 320 | 0 | 4/4 | Left coordinate of window position.window position. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_width 0 ~ 320 0 | 4/4 Width of motion | detection window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_height 0 ~ 240 0 | 4/4 Height of motion | detection window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_objsize | 0 ~ 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Percent of motion detection window. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_sensitivity 0 ~ 100 0 4/4 Sensitivity of | motion detection window. |
7.10 Tampering detection settings
Group: tampering_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product (capability.tampering > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable or disable tamper detection. | |
| threshold | 0 ~ 255 | 32 | 1/7 | Threshold of tamper detection. |
| duration | 10 ~ 600 | 10 | 4/4 | If tampering value exceeds the ‘threshold’ for more than ‘duration’ second(s), then tamper detection is triggered. |
7.11 DDNS
Group: ddns (capability.ddns > 0)
| NAME VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 Enable or disable the dynamic DNS. | ||
| provider | Safe100, DyndnsDynamic, DyndnsCustom, CustomSafe100 | DyndnsDynamic | 6/6 Safe100 => safe100.net DyndnsDynamic => dyndns.org (dynamic) DyndnsCustom => dyndns.org (custom) CustomSafe100 => Custom server using safe100 method | |
| 颁布>_h ostname | string[128] | 6/6 Your DDNS hostname. | ||
| _use | string[64] | 6/6 Your user name or email to login to | ||
| rnameemail the DDNS service provider | ||||
| Accesskey | string[64] | 6/6 Your password or key to login to the DDNS service provider. | ||
| servername | string[128] | 6/6 | The server name for safe100.(This field only exists if the provider is customsafe100) | |
7.11.1 Express link
Group:expresslink
| NAME VALUE DEF | FAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| enable0 | 6/6 | Enable or disable express link. | ||
| state | onlycheck,onlyoffline,checkonline,badnetwork | 6/6 | “onlycheck”: You have to input the host name of your camera and press "Register" button to register it.“onlyoffline”: Express link is active, you can now connect to this camera at expresslink_url.“checkonline”: Express link is not active.“badnetwork”: Express Link is not supported under this network environment. | |
| url | string[64] | 6/6 | The URL to connect to this camera by express link. | |
7.12 UPnP presentation
Group: upnppresentation
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 1 | 6/6 | Enable or disable the UPnP presentation service. |
7.13 UPnP port forwarding
Group: upnpportforwarding
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable0 | 6/6 Enable or disable the UPnP port | forwarding service. | ||
| upnpnatstatus 0~3 0 | 6/7 The status of UPnP port forwarding, | used internally.0 = OK, 1 = FAIL, 2 = no IGDrouter, 3 = no need for portforwarding | ||
7.14 System log
Group: syslog
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enableremotelog | <boolean> 0 | 6/6 Enable remote log. | ||
| serverip | 6/6 | Log server IP address. | ||
| serverport | 514, 1025~65535 | 514 | 6/6 | Server port used for log. |
| level | 0~7 6 | 6/6 Levels used to distinguish the importance of the information:0: LOG_EMERG1: LOG_ALERT2: LOG_CRIT3: LOG_ERR4: LOG_WARNING5: LOG_NOTICE6: LOG_INFO7: LOG_DEBUG | ||
| setparamlevel | 0~2 | 0 | 6/6 | Show log of parameter setting.0: disable1: Show log of parameter setting set from external.2. Show log of parameter setting set from external and internal. |
7.15 SNMP
Group: snmp (capability.snmp > 0)
| NAME VALUE DE | FAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| v2 0~1 0 6/6 SNMP | v2 enabled. 0 for | disable, 1 | for enable | |
| v3 0~1 0 6/6 SNMP | v3 enabled. 0 for | disable, 1 | for enable | |
| secnamerw string[31] | Private 6/6 Read/write security | name | ||
| secnamero string[31] | Public 6/6 | Read only security name | ||
| authpwrw | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read/write authentication password | |
| authpwro | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read only authentication password | |
| authtyperw MD5,SHA | MD5 | 6/6 Read/write authentication type | ||
| authtypero MD5,SHA | MD5 | 6/6 Read only authentication type | ||
| encryptpwrw | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read/write passwd | |
| encryptpwro | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read only password | |
| encrypttyperw | DES | 6/6 | Read/write encryption type | |
| encrypttypero | DES | 6/6 | Read only encryption type | |
| rwcommunity | string[31] Private | 6/6 Read/write community | ||
| rocommunity | string[31] Public | 6/6 Ready only community | ||
7.16 Layout configuration
Group: layout
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY(get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| logo_default | 1 | 1/6 | 0 => Custom logo1 => Default logo | |
| logo_link | string[128] | http://www.vivotek.com | 1/6 Hyperlink of the logo | |
| logo_powerbyvvtk_hidden | 0 | 1/6 | 0 => display the power byvivotek logo1 => hide the power by vivotek logo | |
| theme_option 1~4 1 1/6 1~3: One of the default themes. | 4: Custom definition. | |||
| theme_color_font string[7] #000 000 1/6 Font color | ||||
| theme_color_configfont | string[7] | #ffffff | 1/6 | Font color of configuration area. |
| theme_color_titlefont string[7] #098bd6 1/6 Font color of video title. | ||||
| theme_color_controlbackground | string[7] #c4eaff 1/6 Background color of control area. | |||
| theme_color_configbackground | string[7] #0186d1 1/6 Background color of configuration area. | |||
| theme_color_videobackground | string[7] #c4eaff 1/6 Background color of video area. | |||
| theme_color_case | string[7] #0186d1 1/6 Frame color | |||
| custombutton_manualtrigger_show | 1 1/6 Show or hide manual trigger(VI) button in homepage0 -> Hidden1 -> Visible | |||
7.17 Privacy mask
Group: privacymask_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable privacy mask. | |
| win_i<0~4>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable privacy mask window. | |
| win_i<0~4>_name | string[14] | 4/4 | Name of the privacy mask window. | |
| win_i<0~4>_left | 0 ~ 320/352 | 0 | 4/4 | Left coordinate of window position. |
| win_i<0~4>_top | 0 ~ 240/288 | 0 | 4/4 | Top coordinate of window position. |
| win_i<0~4>_width | 0 ~ 320/352 | 0 | 4/4 | Width of privacy mask window. |
| win_i<0~4>_height 0 | ~240/288 0 4/4 Height of privacy mask | window. | ||
7.18 Capability
Group: capability
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| api_httpversion | 0300a | 0300a | 0/7 | The HTTP API version. |
| bootuptime | 60 | 0/7 | Server bootup time. | |
| nir | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of IR interfaces.(Recommend to use ir for built-in IR and extir for external IR) |
| npir | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of PIRs. |
| ndi | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of digital inputs. |
| nvi | 0, | 3 | 0/7 | Number of virtual inputs(manual trigger) |
| ndo | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of digital outputs. |
| naudioin | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of audio inputs. |
| naudioout | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of audio outputs. |
| nvideoin | 1 | 0/7 | Number of video inputs. | |
| nvideoinprofile | 1 | 0/7 | Number of video input profiles. | |
| nmediastream | 3 | 0/7 | Number of media stream per channels. | |
| nvideosetting | integer> | 3 0/7 Number of video settings | video settings | per channel. |
| naudiosetting | integer> | 0 0/7 Number of audio settings | audio settings | per channel. |
| nuart 0, | 0 0/7 Number of UART | UART | interfaces. | |
| nmotion 0, | integer> | 3 0/7 Number of motion window. | motion window. | |
| nmotionprofile 0, | integer> | 1 0/7 Number of motion profiles. | motion profiles. | |
| ptzenabled 0, | integer> | 0 0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit | integer, each bit | can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 => Built-in or external video source;0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation, 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 6 => Support iris operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 7 => External or built-in PT; 0(built-in), 1(external)Bit 8 => Invalidate bit 1 ~7;0(bit 1 ~ 7 are valid),1(bit 1 ~ 7 are invalid)Bit 9 => Reserved bit,always 1.Examples:PT8133: 0b1111SD8362: 0b111111VS8102: 0b10111101 |
| windowless1 0/7 Indicate whether to support windowless plug-in. | ||||
| eptz 0,integer>1 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => stream 1 supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => stream 2 supports ePTZ or not.The rest may be deduced by analogy | 1 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit | can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => stream 1 supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => stream 2 supports ePTZ or not.The rest may be deduced by analogy | ||
| remotefocus0 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote focus function. | ||||
| npreset 0,integer>20 0/7 Number of preset locations. | ||||
| protocol_https1 0/7 Indicate whether to support HTTP over SSL. | ||||
| protocol_rtsp1 0/7 Indicate whether to support RTSP. | ||||
| protocol_sip00/7 Indicate whether to support SIP. | ||||
| protocol_maxconnection | 10 0/7 The maximum allowed simultaneous connections. | |||
| protocol_maxgenconnection | 10 0/7 The maximum general streaming connections . | |||
| protocol_rtp_multicast_ scalable | 10/7 Indicate whether to support scalable multicast. | |||
| protocol_rtp_multicast_ backchannel | 10/7 Indicate whether to support backchannel multicast. | |||
| protocol_rtp_tcp10/7 Indicate whether to support | RTP over TCP. | |
| protocol_rtp_http10/7 Indicate whether to support | RTP over HTTP. | |
| protocol_spush_mjpeg10/7 Indicate whether to support | server push MJPEG. | |
| protocol_snmp10/7 Indicate whether to support | SNMP. | |
| protocol_ipv610/7 Indicate whether to support | IPv6. | |
| protocol_pppoe10/7 Indicate whether to support | PPPoE. | |
| protocol_ieee8021x10/7 Indicate whether to support | IEEE802.1x. | |
| protocol_qos_cos10/7 Indicate whether to support | CoS. | |
| protocol_qos_dscp | 10/7 | Indicate whether to supportQoS/DSCP. |
| protocol_ddns10/7 Indicate whether to support | DDNS. | |
| videoin_type0, 1, 2 | 20/70 => Interlaced CCD | 1 => Progressive CCD2 => CMOS |
| videoin_resolution | 176x144,320x256,640x512,980x768,1280x1024 | 0/7 Available resolutions list. |
| videoin_nresolution | 70/7 Available resolutions list. |
| videoin_maxframerate | available maximum frame rate separated by commas> | 30,30,30, 30,30 | 0/7 Available | maximum frame list. |
| videoin_mjpeg_maxframerate | list of available maximum frame rate separated by commas> | 30,30,30, 30,30 | 0/7 Available | maximum frame list. |
| videoin_h264_maxframerate | list of available maximum frame rate separated by commas> | 30,30,30, 30,30 | 0/7 Available | maximum frame list. |
| videoin_streamcodec < 1~15, 1~15, 1~15 (3 streams) > | product dependent> | 6,6,6 0/7 Available stream | codectype (Bit 0 ->mpeg4, Bit 1 ->mjpeg, Bit 2 ->h264, Bit 3 ->svc). | |
| videoin_fov | list of available crop size separated by commas> | 1280x1024 | 0/7 Available | crop size list. |
| videoin_codec | mjpeg, h264 | mjpeg,h264 | 0/7 Available | codec list. |
| videoin_flexiblebitrate | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | flexible bitrate. | |
| videoout_codec | list of the | - 0/7 Available codec list. | ||
| available codec types separated by commas) | ||||
| timeshift | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | time shift caching stream. | |
| audio_aec 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | acoustic echo cancellation. | |||
| audio_mic 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | built-in microphone input. | |||
| audio_extmic 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | external microphone input. | |||
| audio_linein 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | external line input.(It will be replaced by audio_mic and audio_extmic.) | |||
| audio_lineout | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | line output. | |
| audio_headphoneout 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | headphone output. | |||
| audioin_codec g711, g726 g711, g726 0/7 Available codec list for audio input. | ||||
| uart_httptunnel 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | HTTP tunnel for UART transfer. | |||
| camctrl_httptunnel | 0 | 0/7 | The attribute indicates whether sending camera control commands through HTTP tunnel is supported.0: Not supported1: Supported | |
| camctrl_privilege | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | “Manage Privilege” of PTZ control in the Security page.1: support both/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi | |
| and/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi0: support only/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi | ||||
| transmission_mode | Tx,Rx,Both | Tx 0/7 Indicate transmission mode | of the machine: TX = server, Rx = receiver box, Both = DVR. | |
| network_wire1 0/7Indicate whether to supportEthernet. | Indicate whether to support | Ethernet. | ||
| network_wireless00/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless. | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless. | ||
| wireless_s802dot11b0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless 802.11b+. | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless 802.11b+. | ||
| wireless_s802dot11g0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless 802.11g. | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless 802.11g. | ||
| wireless_beginchannel 1~14 NULL 0/7 Indicate the begin channelof wireless network | NULL 0/7 Indicate the begin channel | of wireless network | ||
| wireless_endchannel 1~14 NULL 0/7 Indicate the end channel ofwireless network | NULL 0/7 Indicate the end channel of | wireless network | ||
| wireless_encrypt_wcp0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless WEP. | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless WEP. | ||
| wireless_encrypt_wpa0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless WPA. | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless WPA. | ||
| wireless_encrypt_wpa20 0/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless WPA2. | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless WPA2. | ||
| derivative_brand10/7 Indicate whether to supportthe upgrade function for the derivative brand. For example, if the value is true, the VVTK product can be upgraded to VVXX.(TCVV<->TCXX is excepted) | 10/7 Indicate whether to support | the upgrade function for the derivative brand. For example, if the value is true, the VVTK product can be upgraded to VVXX.(TCVV<->TCXX is excepted) | ||
| evctrlchannel | 10/7 Indicate whether to supportHTTP tunnel for event/control transfer. | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | HTTP tunnel for event/control transfer. |
| joystick | 10/7 Indicate whether to supportjoystick control. | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | joystick control. |
| storage_dbenabled1 | 0/7 Media files are indexed in | database. | |
| nanystream 0,integer> | 0 0/7 number of any media | stream per channel | |
| iva0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | Intelligent Video analysis | ||
| ir0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | built-in IR led. | ||
| extir0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | external IR led. | ||
| whitelight0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | white light led. | ||
| iris0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | iris control. | ||
| tampering1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | tampering detection. | ||
| temperature0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | temperature detection. | ||
| version_onvifdaemon | 1.7.1.12 | 0/7 Indicate ONVIF daemon version | |
| version_onvifevent | 1.1.0.10 | 0/7 Indicate ONVIF event version | |
| media Totalspace | 20000 | 0/7 Available memory space (KB) for media. | |
| media_snapshot_sizepersecond | 500 | 0/7 Maximum size (KB) of one snapshot image. | |
| media_snapshot_maxpreevent | 7 0/7 Maximum snapshot | number before event occurred. | |
| media_snapshot_maxpostevent | 7 0/7 Maximum snapshot | number after event occurred. | |
| media_videoclip_maxsize | 4096 | 0/7 Maximum size (KB) of a videoclip. | |
| media_videoclip_maxlength | 20 | 0/7 Maximum length (second) of a videoclip. | |
| media_videoclip_maxpreevent | 9 0/7 Maximum duration | (second) after event occurred in a videoclip. | |
| image_wdrc1 0/7 | Indicate whether to support | WDRC | |
| image_iristype<string> dciris | 0/7 Indicate iris type. | ||
| image_focusassist<Boolean> | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | focus assist. | |
| localstorage_manageable | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether manageable local storage is supported. | |
| localstorage_seamless | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether seamless recording is supported. | |
| localstorage_modnum | 0,<positive integer> | 4 0/7 The maximum MOD | connection numbers. |
| localstorage_slconnum | 0,<positive integer> | 1 | 0/7 The maximum seamless connection number. |
| adaptiverecording | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support adaptive recording. | |
| adaptivestreaming | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support adaptive streaming. | |
| supportsd | 1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support local storage. | |
| remotecamctrl_master | 0,<positive integer> | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote auxiliary camera (master side), this value means supporting max number of auxiliary camera. |
| remotecamctrl_slave | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote camera control (slave side). | |
| fisheye | 0 | 0/7 Indicate where fisheye camera | |
| vadp | 7 | 0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows: |
| Bit 0 => VADP interfaceBit 1 => Capture videoraw dataBit 2 => Support encodejpegBit 3 => Capture audioraw dataBit 4 => Support event triggerBit 5 => Support licenseregistrationBit 6 => Support sharedmemory API |
7.19 Customized event script
Group: event_customtaskfile_i<0\~2>
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| name | string[40] | NULL | 6/6 | Custom script identification of this entry. |
| date string[20] NULL 6/6 Date of custom script. | ||||
| time | string[20] | NULL | 6/6 | Time of custom script. |
7.20 Event setting
Group: event_i<0\~2>
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| name string[40] NULL 6/6 Identification of this entry. | |||||
| enable 0, 1 0 6/6 Enable or disable this event. | |||||
| priority | 0, 1, 2 | 1 | 6/6 | Indicate the priority of this event: “0” = low priority“1” = normal priority“2” = high priority | |
| delay | 1~999 | 20 | 6/6 | Delay in seconds before detecting the next event. | |
| trigger | boot,motion,seq,recnotify,tampering,vi | boot | 6/6 Indicate the trigger condition: “boot” = System boot “motion” = Video motion detection “seq” = Periodic condition “recnotify” = Recording notification. “tampering” = Tamper detection. “vi” = Virtual input (Manual trigger) | ||
| triggerstatus | String[40] | triggerstatus | 6/6 | The status for event trigger | |
| vi | 0 | 6/6 | Indicate the source id of vi trigger. This field is required when trigger condition is “vi”. One bit represents one digital input. The LSB indicates VI 0. | ||
| mdwin | 0 6/6 Indicate the source window id of motion detection. This field is required when trigger condition is “md”. One bit represents one window. The LSB indicates the 1^st window. For example, to detect the 1^st and 3^rd windows, set mdwin as 5. | ||||
| mdwin0 | 0 6/6 Similar to mdwin. The parameter takes effect when profile 1 of motion detection is enabled. | ||||
| inter 1~999 1 6/6 Interval of snapshots in minutes. | This field is used when trigger condition is “seq”. | ||||
| weekday 0~127 127 6/6 | Indicate which | weekday is scheduled. | One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66. | ||
| begintime hh:mm 00:00 | 6/6 Begin time of the weekly schedule. | ||||
| endtime hh:mm 24:00 6/6 End time of the weekly schedule. | (00:00 ~ 24:00 sets schedule as always on) | ||||
| action_cf_enable 0.1 0 6/6 Enable media write on CF or other | local storage media | ||||
| action_cf_folder string[128] NULL 6/6 Path to store media. | |||||
| action_cf_media | NULL,0~4,101 | NULL 6/6 Index of the attached media. | |||
| action_cf_datefolder | 1 6/6 | Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically. | |||
| action_cf_backup | 0 6/6 | Enable the capability of backing up recorded files to the SD card when network is lost.0: Disabled1: Enabled | |||
| action_server_i<0~4>_enable | 0,1 0 6/6 Enable or disable this server action. | ||||
| action_server_i<0~4>_media | NULL,0~4,101 | NULL 6/6 Index of the attached media. | |||
| action_server_i<0~4>_datefolder | 0 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically. | ||||
7.21 Server setting for event action
Group: server_i<0\~4>
| PARAMETER VALUE | DEFAULT SEC | URITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| name string[40] NULL 6/6 Identification | of this entry | |||
| type email, | ftp,http,ns | email 6/6 Indicate the server type:“email” = email server“ftp” = FTP server“http” = HTTP server“ns” = network storage | ||
| http_url | string[128] | http:// | 6/6 | URL of the HTTP server to upload. |
| http_username | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Username to log in to the server. | ||
| http_passwd | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Password of the user. | ||
| ftp_address | string[128] | NULL 6/6 FTP server address. | ||
| ftp_username | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Username to log in to the server. | ||
| ftp_passwd | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Password of the user. | ||
| ftp_port | 0~65535 | 21 | 6/6 | Port to connect to the server. |
| ftp_location | string[128] | NULL | 6/6 | Location to upload or store the media. |
| ftp_passive | 0, 1 | 1 | 6/6 | Enable or disable passive mode.0 = disable passive mode1 = enable passive mode |
| email_address | string[128] | NULL 6/6 Email server address. | ||
| email_sslmode | 0, 1 | 0 | 6/6 | Enable support SSL. |
| email_port | 0~65535 | 25 | 6/6 | Port to connect to the server. |
| email_username | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Username to log in to the server. | ||
| email_passwd | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Password of the user. | ||
| email_senderemail | string[128] | NULL | 6/6 | Email address of the sender. |
| email_recipientemail | string[640] | NULL | 6/6 | Email address of the recipient. |
| ns_location | string[128] | NULL | 6/6 | Location to upload or store the media. |
| ns_username | string[64] | NULL | 6/6 | Username to log in to the server. |
| ns_passwd | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Password of the user. | ||
| ns_workgroup | string[64] NULL | 6/6 Workgroup for network storage. | ||
7.22 Media setting for event action
Group: media_i<0\~4> (media_freespace is used internally.)
| PARAMETER VALUE | DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| name string[40] NULL | 6/6 Identification of this entry | |||
| type snapshot, | systemlog, videoclip, recordmsg | snapshot 6/6 Media type to send | a type to send | to the server or store on the server. |
| snapshot_source 0~2 0 | 6/6 Indicate the source of media | Indicate the source of media | stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc. | |
| snapshot_prefix | string[16] NULL | 6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename. | Indicate the prefix of the filename. | Indicate the number of pre-event images. |
| snapshot_datesuffix | 0, 1 | 0 | 6/6 | Add date and time suffix to filename:1 = Add date and time suffix.0 = Do not add. |
| snapshot_preevent | 0~7 | 1 | 6/6 | Indicates the number of pre-event images. |
| snapshot_postevent | 0~7 | 1 | 6/6 | The number of post-event images. |
| videoclip_source | 0~2 0 | 6/6 Indicate the source | Indicate the source | of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc. |
| videoclip_prefix string[16] | NULL 6/6 | Indicate the prefix of the filename. | ||
| videoclip_preevent | 0~9 | 0 | 6/6 | Indicates the time for pre-event recording in seconds. |
| videoclip_maxduration | 1~20 | 5 | 6/6 | Maximum duration of one video clip in seconds. |
| videoclip_maxsize | 50~4096 | 500 | 6/6 | Maximum size of one video clip file in Kbytes. |
7.23 Recording
Group: recording_i<0\~1>
| PARAMETER VALUE | DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| name string[40] NULL | 6/6 Identification of this entry. | |||
| enable 0,1 0 6/6 Enable or disable this recording. | ||||
| priority 0,1,2 1 6/6 Indicate the priority of this | recording:“0” indicates low priority.“1” indicates normal priority.“2” indicates high priority. | |||
| source 0~2 0 | 6/6 Indicate the source of media stream. | 0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and so on. | ||
| limitsize 0,1 | 0 6/6 0: Entire free space mechanism | 1: Limit recording size mechanism | ||
| cyclic | 0,1 | 0 6/6 0: Disable cyclic recording | 1: Enable cyclic recording | |
| notify | 0,1 | 1 6/6 0: Disable recording notification | 1: Enable recording notification | |
| notifyserver | 0~31 0 6/6 Indicate which notification server is scheduled.One bit represents one application server (server_i0~i4).bit0 (LSB) = server_i0.bit1 = server_i1.bit2 = server_i2.bit3 = server_i3.bit4 = server_i4.For example, enable server_i0, server_i2, and server_i4 as notification servers; the notifyserver value is 21. | |||
| weekday 0~127 127 6/6 | Indicate which | weekday is | scheduled.One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events onFriday and Sunday, set weekday as66. | |
| begintime hh:mm 00:00 | 6/6 Start time of the weekly schedule. | |||
| endtime hh:mm 24:00 6/6 End time of the weekly schedule. | (00:00~24:00 indicates schedulealways on) | |||
| prefix string[16] NULL | 6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename. | |||
| cyclesize 100~ 100 6/6 | The maximum size for cycle | recording in Kbytes when choosingto limit recording size. | ||
| reserveamount | 0~15000000 | 100 | 6/6 | The reserved amount in Mbyteswhen choosing cyclic recordingmechanism. |
| dest | cf,0~4 | cf | 6/6 The destination to store therecorded data.“cf” means local storage (CF or SDCard).“0” means the index of the networkstorage. | |
| cffolder | string[128] | NULL 6/6 Folder name. | ||
| trigger | schedule,networkfail | schedule | 6/6 The event trigger typeschedule: The event is triggered byschedulenetworkfail: The event is triggeredby the failure of networkconnection. | |
| adaptive_enable 0,1 0 6/6 | Indicate whether the adaptive | recording is enabled | ||
| adaptive_preevent 0~9 5 | 6/6 Indicate when is the adaptive | recording started before the event trigger point (seconds) | ||
| adaptive_postevent 0~10 | 5 6/6 Indicate when is the adaptive | recording stopped after the event trigger point (seconds) | ||
| maxsize 100~2000 100 6/6 | Unit: Mega bytes.When this condition is reached, recording file is truncated. | |||
| maxduration 60~3600 60 | 6/6 | Uuit: SecondWhen this condition is reached, recording file is truncated. | ||
7.24 HTTPS
Group: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | To enable or disable secure HTTP. | |
| policy | 0 | 6/6 | If the value is 1, it will force HTTP connection redirect to HTTPS connection | |
| method | auto, manual, install | Auto | 6/6 | auto => Create self-signed certificate automatically. manual => Create self-signed certificate manually. install => Create certificate request and install. |
| status | -3 ~ 1 | 0 | 6/6 | Specify the https status. -3 = Certificate not installed -2 = Invalid public key -1 = Waiting for certificate 0 = Not installed 1 = Active |
| countryname | string[2] | TW | 6/6 | Country name in the certificate information. |
| stateorprovincename string[128] Asia 6/6 | State or province name in the certificate information. |
| localityname string[128] Asia 6/6 The locality name in the certificate information. | |
| organizationname string[64] VIVOTEK | 6/6 Organization name in the certificate information. |
| Inc. | |
| unit string[64] VIVOTEK | 6/6 Organizational unit name in the certificate information. |
| Inc. | |
| commonname string[64] www.vivotek | 6/6 Common name in the certificate information. |
| .com | |
| validdays | 0 ~ 3650 |
7.25 Storage management setting
Currently it's for local storage (SD card)
Group: disk_i<0\~(n-1)> n is the total number of storage devices. (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| cyclic_enabled | 0 | 6/6 | Enable cyclic storage method. | |
| autocleanup_enabled | 0 | 6/6 | Enable automatic clean up method.Expired and not locked media files will be deleted. | |
| autocleanup_maxage | 7 | 6/6 | To specify the expired days for automatic clean up. | |
7.26 Region of interest
Group: roi_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product, and m is the number of streams which support ROI. (capability.eptz > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| s<0~(m-1)>_home | "0~1104","0~8 80" | 0,0 | ROI left-top corner coordinate. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_size | "176~1280"x"1 44~1024" | 1280x1024 | ROI width and height. The width value must be multiples of 16 and the height value must be multiples of 8 |
7.27 ePTZ setting
Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product. (capability.eptz > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| osdzoom <boolean> 1 1/4 | Indicates multiple of zoom in is | “on-screen display” or not | ||
| smooth <boolean> 1 1/4 | Enable the ePTZ "move smoothly" | feature | ||
| tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 | 0 1/7 Tilt speed | (It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | ||
| panspeed | -5 ~ 5 | 0 1/7 Pan speed | (It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | |
| zoomspeed | -5 ~ 5 | 0 1/7 Zoom speed | (It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | |
| autospeed | 1 ~ 5 | 1 1/7 Auto pan/patrol speed | (It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | |
Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)> for n channel product and m is the number of streams which support ePTZ. (capability.eptz > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| patrolseq | string[120] | 1/4 | The patrol sequence of ePTZ. All the patrol position indexes will be separated by "," | |
| patroldwelling | string[160] | 1/4 | The dwelling time (unit: second) of each patrol point, separated by “,”. | |
| preset_i<0~19>_name | string[40] | 1/7 | Name of ePTZ preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | |
| preset_i<0~19>_pos | 1/7 | Left-top corner coordinate of the preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | ||
| preset_i<0~19>_size | 1/7 | Width and height of the preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | ||
7.28 Exposure window setting per channel
Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products
| NAME VALUE | DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| mode auto, custom, | blc auto 6/6 The mode indicates how | to decide the exposure.auto: Use full view as the only one exposure window.custom: Use inclusive and exclusive window.blc: Use BLC. | ||
| win_i0_enable | 1 | 6/6 | Enable or disable the window. | |
| win_i0_policy | 0~1 | 1 | 6/6 | 0: Indicate exclusive.1: Indicate inclusive. |
| win_i0_home | "0~288","0~208" | 80,60 | 6/6 | Left-top corner coordinate of the window. |
| win_i0_size | "0~320"x"0~240" | 160x120 | 6/6 | Width and height of the window. |
Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile for m profile and n channel product
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| i<0~(m-1)>_mode | auto, custom, blc | auto | 6/6 The mode | indicates how to decide the exposure.auto: Use full view as the only one exposure window.custom: Use inclusive and exclusive window.blc: Use BLC. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_enable | lean> 1 6/6 Enable or disable | the window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_policy 0~1 | 1 6/6 0: Indicate | exclusive.1: Indicate inclusive. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_home | coordinate> (80, 60) 6/6 Left-top corner | coordinate of the window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_size | size> | (160x120) 6/6 | Width and height of the window. | |
7.29 Seamless recording setting
Group: seamlessrecording (capability.localstorage.seamless > 0)
| PARAMETER | VALUE | Default | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| diskmode | seamless, manageable | seamless | 1/6 | “seamless” indicates enable seamless recording.“manageable” indicates disable seamless recording. |
| maxconnection | 3 | 3 | 1/6 | Maximum number of connected seamless streaming. |
| stream | 0~3 | 1 | 1/6 | (Internal used, read only) |
| output | 0~3 | 2 | 1/6 | (Internal used, read only) |
| enable | 0 | 1/6 | Indicate whether seamless recording is recording to local storage or not at present.(Read only) | |
| guid<0~2>_id | string[127] | 1/6 | The connected seamless streaming ID.(Read only) | |
| guid<0~2>_number | 0~3 | 0 | 1/6 | Number of connected seamless streaming with guid<0~2>_id.(Read only) |
7.30 VIVOTEK Application Development Platform setting
Group: vadp
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | 1.1.0.0 | 6/7 Indicate the | VADP | DESCRIPTION | |
| version | 1.1.0.0 | 6/7 Indicate the | VADP | version. | |
| resource_total_video | integer> | 1 6/7 Indicate total video | resource number of the system. | ||
| resource_total_audio | integer> | 0 6/7 Indicate total audio | resource number of the system. | ||
| resource_total_do | integer> | 0 6/7 Indicate total DO | resource number of the system. | ||
| resource_total_memory | integer> | 24576 | 6/7 | Indicate total available memory size for VADP modules. | |
| resource_total_storage | integer> | 0 | 6/7 | Indicate total size of the internal storage space for storing VADP modules. | |
| resource_free_video | integer> | 1 6/7 Indicate free video | resource number of the system. | ||
| resource_free_audio | integer> | 0 6/7 Indicate free audio | resource number of the system. | ||
| resource_free_do | integer> | 0 6/7 Indicate free DO | resource number of the system. | ||
| resource_free_memory | integer> | 24576 | 6/7 | Indicate free memory size for VADP modules. | |
| resource_free_storage | integer> | 0 6/7 Indicate current free | storage size for uploading VADP modules. |
| module_number | 0 6/7 Record | the total | module number that already stored in the system. | |
| module_order | string[40] | 6/6 The execution order of the enabled modules. | ||
| module_save2sd | 1 6/7 Indicate if the module | should be saved to SD card when user want to upload it.If the value is false, save module to the internal storage space and it will occupy storage size. | ||
Group: vadp_module_i<0\~(n-1)>
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable | <boolean> 0 | 6/6 Indicate if the module | is enabled or not.If yes, also add the index of this module to the module_order. | |
| name | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 Module name | ||
| url | string[120] | <blank> 6/6 Define the URL | stringafter the IP address if the module provides it own web page. | |
| vender | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 The provider of the module. | ||
| vendorurl | string[120] | <blank> 6/6 URL of the vendor. | ||
| version | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 Version of the module. | ||
| license | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 Indicate the license status of the module. | ||
| path | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 Record the storage path of the module. | ||
| initscr | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 The script that will handle operation | ||
| commands from the system. | ||||
| status | string[40] | <blank> 6/6 | Indicate the running status of the module. | |
7.31 GENETEC info
Group: genetec
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | LT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| image_contrast | 50 7/7 Only for genetec | omnicast | ||
| image_brightness | 0 7/7 Only for genetec | omnicast | ||
| motion_i<0~2> | 0,0,0,0 | 7/7 Only for genetec | omnicast |
8. Useful Functions
8.1 Capture Single Snapshot
Note: This request requires Normal User privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg?[channel=<value>]&resolution=<value>]&quality=<value>]&streamid=<value>
If the user requests a size larger than all stream settings on the server, this request will fail.
| PARAMETER | VALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel 0~(n-1) | 0 The channel number of the video source. | ||
| resolution | available resolution> | 0 The resolution of the image. | |
| quality 1~5 3 | The quality of the image. | ||
| streamid 0~(m-1) | 0 The stream number. | ||
The server will return the most up-to-date snapshot of the selected channel and stream in JPEG format. The size and quality of the image will be set according to the video settings on the server.
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: image/jpeg\r\n
[Content-Length: <image size>\r\n]
<binary JPEG image data>
8.2 Account Management
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/editaccount.cgi? method=<value>&username=<name>[&userpass=<value>][&privilege=<value>][&privilege=<value>][...][&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| method Add Add | an account to the server | When using this method, the “username” field is necessary. It will use the default value of other fields if not specified. |
| Delete Remove an account from the server. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and others are ignored. | ||
| edit Modify the account password and privilege. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and other fields are optional. If not specified, it will keep the original settings. | ||
| username | The name of the user to add, delete, or edit. | |
| userpass | The password of the new user to add or that of the old user to modify. The default value is an empty string. | |
| Privilege | The privilege of the user to add or to modify. | |
| viewer | Viewer privilege. | |
| operator | Operator privilege. | |
| admin | Administrator privilege. | |
| Return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page. | |
8.3 System Logs
Note: This request require Administrator privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://
Server will return the most up-to-date system log.
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length:
\r\n
<system log information>\r\n
8.4 Upgrade Firmware
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upgrade.cgi
Post data:
fimage=<file name>[&return=<return page>]\r\n\r\n<multipart encoded form data>
Server will accept the file named
8.5 ePTZ Camera Control
Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>]
Example:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&vx=2&vy=2&vz=2 http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&x=100&y=100&videosize=640x480&resolution=640x480&stretch=0
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of video source. | ||
| stream <0~(m-1)> Stream. | ||
| move home Move to home ROI. | ||
| auto | pan | Auto pan. |
| patrol | Auto patrol. | |
| stop | Stop auto pan/patrol. | |
| zoom wide | Zoom larger view with current speed. | |
| tele | Zoom further with current speed. | |
| zooming | wide or tele | Zoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control. |
| zs | 0 ~ 6 | Set the speed of zooming, “0” means stop. |
| vx | The direction of movement, used for joystick control. | |
| vy | ||
| vs | 0 ~ 7 | Set the speed of movement, “0” means stop. |
| x | x-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement. | |
| y | y-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement. | |
| videosize | The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page | |
| resolution | The resolution of streaming. | |
| stretch | 0 indicates that it usesresolution(streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it usesvideosize(plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system. | |
| speedpan | -5 ~ 5 | Set the pan speed. |
| speedtilt -5 ~ 5 Set the tilt speed. | |
| speedzoom -5 ~ 5 Set the zoom speed. | |
| speedapp 1 ~ 5 Set the auto pan/patrol speed. | |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. |
8.6 ePTZ Recall
Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eRecall.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>&recall=<value>[&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel | <0~(n-1)> | Channel of the video source. |
| stream | <0~(m-1)> | Stream. |
| recall | Text string less than 40 characters | One of the present positions to recall. |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. | |
8.7 ePTZ Preset Locations
Note: This request requires Operator privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/ePreset.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>[&addpos=<value>][&delpos=<value>][&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of the video source. | ||
| stream <0~(m-1)> Stream. | ||
| addpos | Add one preset location to the preset list. | |
| 40 characters> | ||
| delpos | Delete preset location from the preset list. | |
| 40 characters> | ||
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. | |
8.8 IP Filtering
Note: This request requires Administrator access privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
| http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add&ip=[&index=][&return=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del&index=[&return=] | ||
| PARAMETER | VALUE | DESCRIPTION |
| type | NULL | Get IP filter type |
| allow, deny | Set IP filter type | |
| method | addv4 | Add IPv4 address into access list. |
| addv6 | Add IPv6 address into access list. | |
| delv4 | Delete IPv4 address from access list. | |
| delv6 Delete IPv6 address from access list. | ||
| ip | Single address: | |
| Network address: | ||
| Range address: | ||
| index | The start position to add or to delete. | |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page. | |
8.9 Event/Control HTTP Tunnel Channel
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: GET and POST
Syntax:
http://
GET /cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma: no-cache
cache-control: no-cache
POST /cgi-bin/admin/ ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma : no-cache
cache-control : no-cache
content-length: 32767
expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT
User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through the proxy server.
This channel will help perform real-time event subscription and notification as well as camera control more efficiently. The event and control formats are described in another document.
See Event/control tunnel spec for detail information
8.10 Get SDP of Streams
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Method: GET
Syntax:
http://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname>
“m” is the stream number.
“network_accessname_<0\~(m-1)>” is the accessname for stream “1” to stream “m”. Please refer to the “subgroup of network: rtsp” for setting the accessname of SDP.
You can get the SDP by HTTP GET.
When using scalable multicast, Get SDP file which contains the multicast information via HTTP.
8.11 Open the Network Stream
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Syntax:
For HTTP push server (MJPEG):
http://<servername>/<network_http_s<0~m-1>_accessname>
For RTSP (MP4), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.
rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname>
“m” is the stream number.
For details on streaming protocol, please refer to the “control signaling” and “data format” documents.
8.12 Storage managements
Note: This request requires administrator privileges.
Method: GET and POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=<cmd_type>[&<parameter>=<value>...]
The commands usage and their input arguments are as follows.
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| cmd_type | Required. | Command to be executed, including search, insert, delete, update, and queryStatus. |
Command: search
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| label | Optional. | The integer primary key column will automatically be assigned a unique integer. |
| triggerType | Optional. | Indicate the event trigger type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='motion'Support trigger types are product dependent. |
| mediaType | Optional. | Indicate the file media type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='videoclip'Support trigger types are product dependent. |
| destPath | Optional. | Indicate the file location in camera.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. destPath='/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/abc.mp4' |
| resolution | Optional. | Indicate the media file resolution.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. resolution='800x600' |
| isLocked | Optional.Indicate if the file is locked or not.0: file is not locked.1: file is locked.A locked file would not be removed from UI or cyclic storage. | |
| triggerTime | Optional. | Indicate the event trigger time. (not the file created time)Format is “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS”Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. triggerTime=’2008-01-01 00:00:00’If you want to search for a time period, please apply “TO” operation.Ex. triggerTime=’2008-01-01 00:00:00’+TO+’2008-01-01 23:59:59’ is to search for records from the start of Jan 1^st 2008 to the end of Jan 1^st 2008. |
| limit | Optional. | Limit the maximum number of returned search records. |
| offset | Optional. | Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Note that the offset keyword is used after limit keyword. |
To increase the flexibility of search command, you may use “OR” connectors for logical “OR” search operations. Moreover, to search for a specific time period, you can use “TO” connector.
Ex. To search records triggered by motion or di or sequential and also triggered between 2008-01-01 00:00:00 and 2008-01-01 23:59:59.
http://
Command: delete
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| label <integer primary key> Required. | Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1 | |
Ex. Delete records whose key numbers are 1, 4, and 8.
http://
Command: update
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| label <integer primary key> Required. | Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1 | |
| isLocked <boolean> Required. | Indicate if the file is locked or not. | |
Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 1 and 5 to be locked status.
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=1&label=1&label=5
Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 2 and 3 to be unlocked status.
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=0&label=2&label=3
8.12.1 Return Message
The returned results are always in XML format, except for storage status related elements that can be returned in javascript format. (i.e. status, totalSize,_freeSize, and usefulness.)
The elements are listed as follows.
Group: stormgr
| Element name Type Description | |||
| countsInteger> Total number of matched records. | |||
| limit | Limit the maximum number of returned search records.Could be empty if not specified. | ||
| offset | Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Could be empty if not specified. | ||
| statusCode | The reply status (see table below) | ||
| Value of return-code | Description | ||
| 200 | OK | ||
| 400 | Unrecognized Message Type/Content | ||
| 500 | Server executes command error. | ||
| 501 | Parse Input Message Failed. | ||
| 502 | Error Occurs When Searching Database. | ||
| 503 | Storage is Not Ready. | ||
| statusString | string | Return string describing the reason that status code is not OK. | |
Subgroup of stormgr: i<0\~(n-1)>: n is the total number of displayed records.
| Element name Type Description | |
| labelA unique integer. | |
| triggerTypeIndicate the event trigger type. | |
| mediaTypeIndicate the file media type. | |
| destPathIndicate the file location in camera. | |
| resolutionIndicate the media file resolution. | |
| isLockedIndicate if the file is locked or not. | |
| triggerTimeIndicate the event trigger time.Format is “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS” | |
| backupIndicate if the file is generated when network loss. | |
Subgroup of stormgr_disk: i<0\~(n-1)>: n is the total number of storage devices.
| Element name | Type Description | |
| name | string | Description of specified storage device. |
| status | ready, detached, error, and readonly | The storage device status.ready: storage is ready for access.detached: storage is not mounted.error: failed to open storage device.readonly: storage is write protected. |
| totalSize | The overall storage size in kilobytes. | |
| freeSize | The available storage size in kilobytes. | |
| usedSize | The used storage size in kilobytes. | |
| path | string | Location of database of storage sink |
Ex. Returned results of search command
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1" ?>
<stormgr version="0.0.0.1">
<counts>5</counts>
<limit>2</limit>
<offset>0</offset>
<i0>
<label>1</label>
<triggerType>motion</triggerType>
<mediaType>videoclip</mediaType>
<destPath>/mnt/auto/NCMF/abc/abc.jpg</destPath>
<resolution>800x600</resolution>
<isLocked>0</isLocked>
<triggerTime>2009-01-24 12:00:00</triggerTime>
</count>
</stormgr>
</cpp>
<backup>0</backup>
</i0>
<i1>
<label>2</label>
<triggerType>di</triggerType>
<mediaType>snapshot</mediaType>
<destPath>/mnt/auto/NCMF/123/123.jpg</destPath>
<resolution>800x600</resolution>
<isLocked>0</isLocked>
<triggerTime>2009-01-24 12:01:00</triggerTime>
<backup>0</backup>
</i1>
</stormgr>
Ex. Local storage status in XML format.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1" ?>
<stormgr version="0.0.0.1">
<disk>
<i0>
<name>SDcard</name>
<status>ready</status>
<totalSize>7824444</totalSize>
<freeSize>7824388</freeSize>
<usedSize>56</usedSize>
</i0>
</disk>
</stormgr>
Ex. Local storage status in javascript format.
disk_i0_name='SDcard'
disk_i0_status='ready'
disk_i0_totalSize='7824444'
disk_i0_freeSize='7824388'
disk_i0_usedSize='56'
disk_i0_path=i0/NCMF/.db/.localStorage.db
Command: queryStatus
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| retType xml or javascript Optional. | Ex. retype=javascriptThe default return message is in XML format. | |
Ex. Query local storage status and call for javascript format return message.
http://
There are two cgi commands for download and composing jpegs to avi format.
For download single selected file, you can use "/cgi-bin/admin/downloadMedias.cgi". Just assign the request file path to this cgi.
Syntax:
http://
The
Ex.
http://
For creating an AVI file by giving a list of JPEG files, you can use "/cgi-bin/admin/jpegtoavi.cgi".
Syntax:
http://=
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | |
| resolutionxResolution | |
| fpsFrame rate | |
| listThe JPEG file list. | The file path should be embraced by single quotation marks |
Ex.
http://
8.13 Virtual input
Note: Change virtual input (manual trigger) status.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=<value>[&vi1=<value>][&vi2=<value>][&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER | VALUE | DESCRIPTION |
| vistate[(duration)nstate]Where "state" is 0, 1. “0” means inactive or normal state while “1” means active or triggered state.Where "nstate" is next state after duration. | Ex: vi0=1Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state | |
| Ex: vi0=0(200)1Setting virtual input 0 to normal state, waiting 200 milliseconds, setting it to trigger state.Note that when the virtual input is waiting for next state, it cannot accept new requests. | ||
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the request is completely assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page. | |
| Return Code Description | |
| 200 The request is successfully executed. | |
| 400 The request cannot be assigned, ex. incorrect parameters.Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(10000)1(15000)0(20000)1No multiple duration.2. setvi.cgi?vi3=0VI index is out of range.3. setvi.cgi?vi=1No VI index is specified. | |
| 503 The resource is unavailable, ex. Virtual input is waiting for next state. |
Examples:
-
setvi.cgi?vi0=0(15000)1
-
setvi.cgi?vi0=1
Request 2 will not be accepted during the execution time(15 seconds).
8.14 Open Timeshift Stream
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Syntax:
For HTTP push server (MJPEG):
http://<servername>/<network_http_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>]
For RTSP (MP4 and H264), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.
rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>]
“n” is the channel index.
“m” is the timeshift stream index.
For details on timeshift stream, please refer to the "TimeshiftCaching" documents.
| PARAMETER | VALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION | ||
| maxsft | positive integer> | 0 Request cached stream at most how many seconds ago. | |
| tsmode normal, adaptive | normal Streaming mode:normal => Full FPS all the time.adaptive => Default send only I-frame for MP4 and H.264, and send 1 FPS for MJPEG. If DI or motion window are triggered, the streaming is changed to send full FPS for 10 seconds.(*Note: this parameter also works on non-timeshift streams.) | ||
| reftime mm:ss | The time | camera receives the request. | Reference time for maxsft and minsft.(This provides more precise time control to eliminate the inaccuracy due to network latency.)Ex: Request the streaming from 12:20rtsp://10.0.0.1/live.sdp?maxsft=10&reftime=12:30 |
| forcechk N/A | N/A | Check if the requested stream enables timeshift, | |
| feature and if minsft is achievable.If false, return “415 Unsupported Media Type”. | |||
| minsft | integer> | 0 How many seconds of cached stream client can accept at least.(Used by forcechk) | |
| Return Code Description | |
| 400 Bad Request Request is rejected because some parameter values are illegal. | |
| 415 Unsupported Media Type R | Returned, if forcechk appears, when minsft is not achievable or the timeshift feature of the target stream is not enabled. |
8.15 Export Files
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: GET
Syntax:
For daylight saving time configuration file:
http://
For language file:
http://
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| currentlanguage | 0~20 | Available language lists.Please refer to:system_info_language_i0 ~ system_info_language_i19. |
For setting backup file:
http://
8.16 Upload Files
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: POST
Syntax:
For daylight saving time configuration file:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_dst.cgi
Post data:
filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data>
For language file:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_lan.cgi
Post data:
filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data>
For setting backup file:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_backup.cgi
Post data:
filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data>
Server will accept the file named
8.17 Media on demand
Media on demand allows users to select and receive/watch/listen to metadata/video/audio contents on demand.
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Syntax:
rtsp://<servername>/mod.sdp?[&stime=<value>][&ctime=<value>][&length=<value>][&loctime=<value>][&file=<value>][&tsmode=<value>]
| PARAMETER | VALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION | ||
| stime | MMDD_HHMMSS.MMM> | N/A Start time. | |
| etime | MMDD_HHMMSS.MMM> | N/A End time. | |
| length | N/A The length of media of interest. | The unit is second. | |
| loctime | 0 Specify if start/end | time is local | time format.1 for local time, 0 for UTC+0 |
| file | N/A The media file to be played. | ||
| tsmode | N/A Timeshift mode, the unit is second. | ||
Ex.
| stime | etime | length | file | Description |
| V | V | X | X | Play recordings between stime and etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&etime=2011_0312_040510.000 |
| V X | V | X | Play recordings for length seconds which start from stimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&length=120 | |
| X V | V | X | Play recordings for length seconds which ends at etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?etime=20110312_040400.000&length=120 | |
| X X | X | V | Play file filertp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?filename=/mnt/link0/ |
3. General CGI URL Syntax and Parameters
When the CGI request includes internal camera parameters, these parameters must be written exactly as they are named in the camera or video server. The CGIs are organized in functionally-related directories under the cgi-bin directory. The file extension .cgi is required.
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/<subdir>[/<subdir>...]/<cgi>.<ext>[?<parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...]]
Example: Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state.
http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=1
4. Security Level
| SECURITY LEVEL | SUB-DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION | |
| 0 anonymous | Unprotected. | |
| 1 [view] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl | 1. Can view, listen, talk to camera.2. Can control DI/DO, PTZ of the camera. | |
| 4 [operator] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator | Operator access rights can modify most of the camera's parameters except some privileges and network options. | |
| 6 [admin] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator, admin | Administrator access rights can fully control the camera's operations. | |
| 7 N/A Internal parameters. Unable to be changed by any external interfaces. | ||
5. Get Server Parameter Values
Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]
Where the
When querying parameter values, the current parameter values are returned.
A successful control request returns parameter pairs as follows:
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair>
where
[
Example: Request IP address and its response
Request:
http://192.168.0.123/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?network_ipaddress
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: 33\r\n
\r\n
network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n
6. Set Server Parameter Values
Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| value to assigned | Assignto the parameter. | |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.(Note: The return page can be a general HTML file (.htm, .html). It cannot be a CGI command or have any extra parameters. This parameter must be placed at the end of the parameter list | |
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair>
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>]
Only the parameters that you set and are readable will be returned.
Example: Set the IP address of server to 192.168.0.123:
Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: 33\r\n
\r\n
network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n
7. Available parameters on the server
This chapter defines all the parameters which can be configured or retrieved from VIVOTEK network camera or video server. The general format of description is listed in the table below
Valid values:
| VALID VALUES DESCRIPTION | |
| string[] | Text strings shorter than ‘n’ characters. The characters ‘,,’ <,>,& are invalid. |
| string[n~m] | Text strings longer than ‘n’ characters and shorter than ‘m’ characters. The characters ‘;,’ <,>,& are invalid. |
| password[] | The same as string but displays ‘*’ instead. |
| integer Any number between (-231-1) and (231-1). | |
| positive integer Any number between 0 and (232-1). | |
| Any number between ‘m’ and ‘n’. | |
| domain name[] | A string limited to a domain name shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. www.ibm.com). |
| email address [] | A string limited to an email address shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. joe@www.ibm.com). |
| ip address | A string limited to an IP address (eg. 192.168.1.1). |
| mac address A string limited to contain a MAC address without hyphens or colons. | |
| boolean | A boolean value of 1 or 0 represents [Yes or No], [True or False], [Enable or Disable]. |
| Enumeration. Only given values are valid. | |
| blank | A blank string. |
| everything inside <> | A description |
| integer primary key | SQLite data type. A 32-bit signed integer. The value is assigned a unique integer by the server. |
| text | SQLite data type. The value is a text string, stored using the database encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE). |
| coordinate | x, y coordinate (eg. 0,0) |
| window size | window width and height (eg. 800x600) |
NOTE: The camera should not be restarted when parameters are changed.
7.1 system
Group: system
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| hostname string[64] Mega-Pixel | Network Camera | 1/6 Host name | of server. | |
| ledoff0 6/6 Turn on (0) or turn off(1) all | led indicators. | |||
| dateDD> | 6/6 Current date of system. | |||
| time | 6/6 Current time of the system. | |||
| datetime | 6/6 Another current time format of the system. | |||
| ntp | 6/6 NTP server.*Do not use “skip to invoke default server” for default value. | |||
| timezoneindex | -489 ~ 529 | 320 | 6/6 | Indicate timezone and area.-480: GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein-440: GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa-400: GMT-10:00 Hawaii-360: GMT-09:00 Alaska-320: GMT-08:00 Las Vegas, San_Francisco, Vancouver-280: GMT-07:00 Mountain Time, Denver-281: GMT-07:00 Arizona-240: GMT-06:00 Central America, Central Time, Mexico City, Saskatchewan-200: GMT-05:00 Eastern Time, New York, Toronto |
| -201: GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Indiana-180: GMT-04:30 Caracas-160: GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time, Canada, La Paz, Santiago-140: GMT-03:30 Newfoundland-120: GMT-03:00 Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Georgetown, Greenland-80: GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic-40: GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape_Verde_IS.0: GMT Casablanca, Greenwich Mean Time: Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London40: GMT 01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna, Madrid, Paris41: GMT 01:00 Warsaw, Budapest, Bern80: GMT 02:00 Athens, Helsinki, Istanbul, Riga81: GMT 02:00 Cairo82: GMT 02:00 Lebanon, Minsk83: GMT 02:00 Israel120: GMT 03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Nairobi121: GMT 03:00 Iraq140: GMT 03:30 Tehran160: GMT 04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat, Baku, Tbilisi, Yerevan180: GMT 04:30 Kabul200: GMT 05:00Ekaterinburg, Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent220: GMT 05:30 Calcutta, Chennai, Mumbai, New Delhi230: GMT 05:45 Kathmandu240: GMT 06:00 Almaty, Novosibirsk, Astana, Dhaka, Sri Jayawardenepura260: GMT 06:30 Rangoon280: GMT 07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta, Krasnoyarsk320: GMT 08:00 Beijing, Chongging, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei360: GMT 09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo, Seoul, Yakutsk380: GMT 09:30 Adelaide, Darwin400: GMT 10:00 Brisbane, Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Vladivostok440: GMT 11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia480: GMT 12:00 Auckland, Wellington, Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.520: GMT 13:00 Nuku'Alofa | ||||
| daylight_enable | 0 6/6 Enable automatic daylight | saving time in time zone. | ||
| daylight_auto_begintime string[19] NONE 6/7 Display the current daylight | saving start time. | |||
| daylight_auto_endtime string[19] NONE 6/7 Display the current daylight | saving end time. | |||
| daylight_timezones string ,-360,-320, | -280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-160, | 6/6 List time zone index which support daylight saving time. | ||
| -140,-120,-80,-40,0,40,41,80,81,82,83,120,140,380,400,480 | ||||
| updateinterval 0, | 3600,86400,604800,2592000 | 0 6/6 0 to Disable automatic | timeadjustment, otherwise, itindicates the seconds betweenNTP automatic updateintervals. | |
| restore 0, | N/A 7/6 Restore the system | parameters to default valuesafterseconds. | ||
| reset 0, | N/A 7/6 Restart the server after | seconds ifisnon-negative. | ||
| restoreexceptnet | N/A 7/6 Restore the system | parameters to default values except (ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2, pppoe).This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results. | ||
| restoreexceptdst | N/A 7/6 Restore the system | parameters to default values except all daylight saving time settings.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When | ||
| cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to default values except for a union of combined results. | ||||
| restoreexceptlangN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except the custom language file the user has uploaded. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results. | ||||
| restoreexceptvadpN/A 7/6 Restorethe systemparameters to default values except the vadp parameters and VADP modules that stored in the system. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results. | ||||
7.1.1 system.info
Subgroup of system: info (The fields in this group are unchangeable.)
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| modelname string[40] IB8168 | 0/7 Internal model name of the server | |||
| serialnumberaddress> | address> | 0/7 12 characters MAC address (without hyphens). | ||
| firmwareversion string[40] IB8168-V | VTK-0100 d | 0/7 Firmware version, including model, company, and version number in the format: | ||
| language_count | integer> | 9 | 0/7 | Number of webpage languages available on the server. |
| language_i<0~(count-1)> | string[16] English Deutsch Español Français Italiano 日本語 Português 筒体中文繁體中文 | 0/7 Available language lists. | ||
| customlanguage_maxcount | integer> | 1 | 0/6 | Maximum number of custom languages supported on the server. |
| customlanguage_count | integer> | 0 | 0/6 | Number of custom languages which have been uploaded to the server. |
| customlanguage_i<0~(max count-1)> | string | N/A | 0/6 Custom language name. | |
7.2 status
Group: status
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| onlinenum_rtsp integer 0 6/7 | Current number of RTSP | connections. | ||
| onlinenum_httppush integer 0 | 6/7 Current number of HTTP push | server connections. | ||
| cth_i0 | 1/7 | Get network information from mii-tool. | ||
| vi_i<0~(nvi-1)> | 0 | 1/7 | Virtual input0 => Inactive1 => Active(capability.nvi > 0) | |
7.3 security
Group: security
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| privilege_camctrl | view, operator, admin | view | 1/6 | Indicate which privileges and above can control ePTZ (capability.eptz > 0) |
| user_i0_name | string[64] | root | 6/7 | User name of root |
| user_i<1~20>_name | string[64] | 6/7 | User name | |
| user_i0_pass | password[64] | 6/6 | Root password | |
| user_i<1~20>_pass | password[64] | 7/6 | User password | |
| user_i0_privilege | view, operator, admin | admin | 6/7 | Root privilege |
| user_i<1~20>_privilege | view, operator, admin | 6/6 | User privilege |
7.4 network
Group: network
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |||
| preprocess | NULL 6/6 An 32-bit integer. | each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => HTTP service;Bit 1 => HTTPS service;Bit 2 => FTP service;Bit 3 => Two way audio and RTSP Streaming service;To stop service before changing its port settings.It'srecommendedto set this parameter when change a service port to the port occupied by another service currently. Otherwise, the service may fail.Stopped service will auto-start after changing port settings.Ex:Change HTTP port from 80 to 5556, and change RTP port for video from 5556 to 20480.Then, set preprocess=9 to stop both service first."/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_preprocess=9&network_http_port=5556 & network_rtp_videoport=20480" | ||
| type lan, | pppoe | lan 6/6 Network connection type. | ||
| resetip1 | 6/6 1 => Get ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2from DHCP server at next reboot.0 => Use preset ipaddress, subnet, rounter, dns1, and dns2. | 6/6 IP address of server. | ||
| ipaddress | 6/6 IP address of server. | |||
| subnet | 6/6 Subnet mask. | |||
| router | 6/6 Default gateway. | |||
| dns1address>6/6Primary DNS server. | address> | 6/6 | Primary DNS server. | |
| dns2address>6/6Secondary DNS server. | address> | 6/6 | Secondary DNS server. | |
| wins1address>6/6Primary WINS server. | address> | 6/6 | Primary WINS server. | |
| wins2address>6/6Secondary WINS server. | address> | 6/6 | Secondary WINS server. | |
7.4.1 802.1x
Subgroup of network: ieee8021x (capability.protocol.ieee8021x > 0)
| NAME VALUE DEF | FAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 Enable/disable IEEE 802.1x | ||
| eapmethod | eap-peap,eap-tls | eap-peap | 6/6 Selected EAP method | |
| identity_pcap | String[64] | 6/6 | PEAP identity | |
| identity_tls | String[64] | 6/6 | TLS identity | |
| password | String[200] | 6/6 | Password for TLS | |
| privatekeypassword | String[200] | 6/6 | Password for PEAP | |
| ca_exist | 0 | 6/6 | CA installed flag | |
| ca_time | 0 | 6/7 | CA installed time. Representedin EPOCH | |
| ca_size | 0 | 6/7 CA file size (in bytes) | ||
| certificate_exist | 0 | 6/6 | Certificate installed flag (forTLS) | |
| certificate_time | 0 | 6/7 | Certificate installed time.Represented in EPOCH | |
| certificate_size | 0 | 6/7 | Certificate file size (in bytes) | |
| privatekey_exist | 0 | 6/6 | Private key installed flag (forTLS) | |
| privatekey_time | 0 | 6/7 | Private key installed time.Represented in EPOCH | |
| privatekey_size | 0 | 6/7 | Private key file size (in bytes) | |
7.4.2 QOS
Subgroup of network: qos_cos (capability.protocol.qos.cos > 0)
| NAME VALUE | DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| enable | 0 6/6 Enable/disable CoS (IEEE 802.1p) | |||
| vlanid 1~4095 1 6/6 VLAN ID | ||||
| video | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Video channel for CoS | ||
| eventalarm | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Event/alarm channel for CoS | ||
| management | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Management channel for CoS | ||
| eventtunnel | 0~7 | 0 6/6 Event/Control channel for CoS | ||
Subgroup of network: qos_dscp (capability.protocol.qos.dscp > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (gct/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable/disable DSCP | |
| video | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Video channel for DSCP |
| eventalarm | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Event/alarm channel for DSCP |
| management | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Management channel for DSCP |
| eventtunnel | 0~63 | 0 | 6/6 | Event/Control channel for DSCP |
7.4.3 IPV6
Subgroup of network: ipv6 (capability.protocol.ipv6 > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable IPv6. | |
| addonipaddress | 6/6 | IPv6 IP address. | ||
| addonprefixlen | 0~128 | 64 | 6/6 | IPv6 prefix length. |
| addonrouter | 6/6 | IPv6 router address. | ||
| addondns | 6/6 | IPv6 DNS address. | ||
| allowoptional | 0 | 6/6 | Allow manually setup of IP address setting. |
7.4.4 FTP
Subgroup of network: ftp
| NAME VALUE DEF | AULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| port 21, 1025~65535 | 21 6/6 Local ftp server port. |
7.4.5 HTTP
Subgroup of network: http
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| port | 80, 1025 ~ 65535 | 80 | 1/6 HTTP port. | |
| alternateport | 1025~65535 | 8080 | 6/6 | Alternate HTTP port. |
| authmode | basic,digest | basic 1/6 HTTP | authentication mode. | |
| s0_accessname | string[32] | video.mjpg | 1/6 | HTTP server push access name for stream 1.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream >0) |
| s1_accessname | string[32] | video2.mjpg | 1/6 | HTTP server push access name for stream 2.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream >1) |
| s2_accessname | string[32] | video3.mjpg | 1/6 | Http server push access name for stream 3(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream >2) |
| anonymousviewing | 0 | 1/6 | Enable anonymous streaming viewing. | |
7.4.6 HTTPS port
Subgroup of network: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)
| NAME VALUE DE | FAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| port 443, 1025 ~ | 65535 | 443 1/6 HTTPS port. |
7.4.7 RTSP
Subgroup of network: rtsp (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)
| NAME VALUE DEFA | ULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| port 554, 1025 ~ | 65535 | 554 | 1/6 RTSP port. | (capability.protocol.rtsp=1) |
| anonymousviewing | 0 | 1/6 | Enable anonymous streaming viewing. | |
| authmode | disable, basic, digest | disable | 1/6 RTSP authentication mode. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1) | |
| s0_accessname | string[32] | live.sdp | 1/6 | RTSP access name for stream1. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream >0) |
| s1_accessname | string[32] | live2.sdp | 1/6 | RTSP access name for stream2. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream >1) |
| s2_accessname | string[32] | live3.sdp | 1/6 | RTSP access name for stream3 (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream >2) |
7.4.7.1 RTSP multicast
Subgroup of network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>: multicast, n is stream count (capability.protocol.rtp.multicast > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| alwaysmulticast | 0 | 4/4 | Enable always multicast. | |
| ipaddress | For n=0, 239.128.1.99 For n=1,239.128.1.100, and so on. | 4/4 Multicast | IP address. | |
| videoport 1025 ~ 6 | 5535 5560+n*2 4/4 | Multicast video port. | ||
| ttl 1 ~ 255 15 4/4 | Mutlicast time to live value. |
7.4.8 RTP port
Subgroup of network: rtp
| NAME VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY | Y (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| videoport | 1025 ~ 65535 | 5556 | 6/6 | Video channel port for RTP. (capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1) |
7.4.9 PPPoE
Subgroup of network: pppoe (capability.protocol.pppoe > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| user | string[128] | 6/6 | PPPoE account user name. | |
| pass | password[64] | 6/6 | PPPoE account password. |
7.5 IP Filter Group: ipfilter
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable access list filtering. | |
| admin_enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable administrator IP address. | |
| admin_ip | String[43] | 6/6 | Administrator IP address. | |
| maxconnection | 0~10 | 10 | 6/6 | Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s). |
| type | 0, 1 | 1 | 6/6 | Ipfilter policy : 0 => allow 1 => deny |
| ipv4list_i<0~9> | Single address: | 6/6 | IPv4 address list. | |
| ipv6list_i<0~9> String[43] | 6/6 IPv6 address list. | |||
7.6 video input
Group: videoin
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| cmosfreq | 50, 60 | 60 | 4/4 | CMOS frequency.(capability. videoin.type=2) |
| whitebalance auto, | manual,rbgain | auto 4/4 “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.“rbgain” indicates using rgain and gbain. | ||
| exposurelevel | 0~12 | 6 | 4/4 | Exposure level |
| color | 0, 1 | 1 | 4/4 | 0 =>monochrome1 => color |
| flip | 0 | 4/4 | Flip the image. | |
| mirror | 0 | 4/4 | Mirror the image. | |
| imprinttimestamp | 0 | 4/4 | Overlay time stamp on video. | |
7.6.1 video input setting per channel
Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products, and m is stream number
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| cmosfreq | 50, 60 | 60 | 4/4CMOS frequency.(capability. videoin.type=2) |
| whitebalance auto, | manual,rbgain | auto 4/4 “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.“rbgain” indicates using rgain and gbain. | |
| rgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4Manual set rgain value of gain control setting. |
| bgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4Manual set bgain value of gain control setting. |
| exposurelevel | 0~12 | 6 | 4/4Exposure level |
| wdrc_mode | 0~1 | 0 | 4/4WDR enhanced.0: off1: on |
| wdrc_strength | 0~2 | 1 | 4/4WDR enhanced.0: low1: medium2: high |
| maxgain | 0~100 | 100 | 4/4Manual set maximum gain value. |
| mingain | 0~100 | 0 | 4/4Manual set minimum gain value. |
| color | 0, 1 | 1 | 4/40 =>monochrome1 => color |
| flip | 0 | 4/4Flip the image. | |
| mirror | 0 | 4/4Mirror the image. | |
| text | string[64] | 1/4Enclose caption. | |
| imprinttimestamp | 0 | 4/4Overlay time stamp on video. | |
| textonvideo_position | top, bottom | top | 4/4Position of timestamp and video title on image |
| textonvideo_size 15,25,30 | 15 4/4 Timestamp | and video title | font-size |
| minexposure 5, 15, 25, 30, | 50, 60, 100,120, 240, 250,480, 500, 1000,2000, 4000,8000, 16000,32000 | 32000 4/4 Minimum exposure time. | |
| maxexposure 5, 15, 25, 30, | 50, 60, 100,120, 240, 250,480, 500, 1000,2000, 4000,8000, 16000,32000 | 30 4/4 Maximum exposure time. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_codectype mjpeg, | h264 h264 1/4 | Video codec type. | svc is only supported with stream 0. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_resolution 2M CMOS => | 176x144,384x216,640x360,1280x720,1360x768,1600x904,1920x1080 | 1920x1080 1/4 | Video resolution in pixels. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_intraperiod | 250, 500,1000, 2000,3000, 4000 | 1000 4/4 Intra frame period in milliseconds. | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_priority policy | framerate, imagequality | framerate 4/4 The policy | to apply when the target bit rate is not sufficient to satisfy current encoded conditions. “framerate” indicates frame rate first. “imagequality” indicates image quality first. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_ratecontrolmode | cbr, vbr | cbr | 4/4 cbr, constant bitrate vbr, fix quality |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant 1~5,9 | 9, 100 3 4/4 Quality of video when | choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”. 1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality. 100: Use the quality level in "qpercent" 99: Use the quality level in "qvalue" | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent | 1~100 | 50 | 4/4 Set quality by percentage. 1: Worst quality 100: Best quality (s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 100) |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qvalue | 0~51 | 29 | 4/4 Manual video quality level input. (s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 99) |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_bitrate | 1000~4000000 0 | 6000000 | 4/4 Set bit rate in bps when choosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxframe | 1~25, 26~30 (only for NTSC or 60Hz CMOS) | 15 1/4 Set maximum frame | rate in fps (for h264). |
| s<0~(m-1)>_h264_profile | 0~2 | 1 | 1/4 Indicate H264 profiles 0: baseline 1: main profile 2: high profile |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_prioritypolicy | framerate,imagequality | framerate 4/4 | The policy | to apply whenthe target bit rate is notsufficient to satisfy currentencoded conditions.“framerate” indicatesframe rate first.“imagequality” indicatesimage quality first. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_ratecontrolmode | cbr, vbr vbr 4/4 | cbr, constant | bitrate | vbr, fix quality |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant 1~5 | 99, 100 3 4/4 | Quality of video | when | choosing vbr in“ratecontrolmode”.1 = worst quality, 5 = bestquality.100: Use the quality level in"qpercent"99: Use the quality level in"qvalue" |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxframe | 1~25,26~30 (only forNTSC or 60HzCMOS) | 10 1/4 | Set maximum frame | rate infps (for JPEG). |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qvalue 10 | 200 49 4/4 | Manual video quality level | input.(s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant =0) | |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent | 1~100 | 50 | 4/4 | Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality(s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant =100) |
| s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_bitrate | 1000~40000000 | 14000000 | 4/4 | Set bit rate in bps whenchoosing cbr in“ratecontrolmode”. |
| s<0~(m-1)>_forcei | 1 | N/A 7/6 | Force I frame. | |
| flickerless | 0~1 | 0 4/4 | Turn on(1) or turn off | (0) theflickerless mode |
7.6.1.1 Alternative video input profiles per channel
In addition to the primary setting of video input, there can be alternative profile video input setting for each channel which might be for different scene of light (daytime or nighttime).
Group: videoin_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> (capability. nvideoinprofile > 0)
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable | 0 4/4 | Enable/disable this profile setting | ||
| policy schedule schedule 4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to. | ||||
| begintime hh:mm | 18:00 | 4/4 Begin time of schedule mode. | ||
| endtime | hh:mm | 06:00 | 4/4 | End time of schedule mode. |
| minexposure | 5, 15, 25, 30, 50, 60, 100, 120, 240, 250, 480, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000, 32000 | 32000 | 4/4 | Minimum exposure time. |
| maxexposure | 5, 15, 25, 30, 50, 60, 100, 120, 240, 250, 480, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000, 32000 | 30 | 4/4 Maximum exposure time. | |
| exposurelevel | 0~12 | 6 | 4/4 | Exposure level |
| maxgain | 0~100 | 100 | 4/4 | Manual set maximum gain value. |
| mingain | 0~100 | 0 4/4 Manual set minimum gain value. | ||
| whitebalance | auto, manual, rbgain | auto | 4/4 | “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.“rbgain” indicates using rgain and gbain. |
| rgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set rgain value of gain control setting. |
| bgain | 0~100 | 30 | 4/4 | Manual set bgain value of gain control setting. |
| flickerless | 0~1 | 0 | 4/4 | Turn on(1) of turn off(0) the flickerless mod |
7.7 image setting per channel
Group: image_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| brightness | -5 ~ 5 0 4/4 Adjust brightness of image | according to mode settings. | ||
| saturation | -5 ~ 5, 100 | 100 | 4/4 | Adjust saturation of image according to mode settings. |
| contrast | -5 ~ 5 0 4/4 Adjust contrast of image according to mode settings. | |||
| sharpness | -3 ~ 3, 100 | 100 | 4/4 | Adjust sharpness of image according to mode settings. |
| saturationpercent | 0 ~ 100 | 50 | 4/4 | Adjust saturation of image by percentage. Less 0 <-> 100 More saturation |
| sharpnesspercent | 0~100 | 50 | 4/4 | Adjust sharpness of image by percentage. Softer 0 <-> 100 Sharper |
| gammacurve | 0, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Gamma curve. |
| lowlightmode | 1 | 4/4 | Enable/disable low light mode. | |
7.8 Time Shift settings
Group: timeshift, c for n channel products, m is stream number (capability.timeshift > 0)
| NAME | VALUE DEFAULT | T | SECURITY(get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable time shift streaming. | |
| c<0~(n-1)>_s<0~(m-1)>_allow | 1 | 4/4 | Enable time shift streaming for specific stream. |
7.9 Motion detection settings
Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable0 4/4 | Enable motion | detection. | ||
| win_i<0~2>_enable0 4/4 Enable motion window 1~3. | ||||
| win_i<0~2>_name string[14]4/4 Name of motion window 1~3. | ||||
| win_i<0~2>_left 0 ~ 320 | 0 4/4 | Left coordinate of window | position. | |
| win_i<0~2>_top | 0 ~ 240 | 0 4/4 Top coordinate of window | position. | |
| win_i<0~2>_width | 0 ~ 320 | 0 | 4/4 | Width of motion detection window. |
| win_i<0~2>_height | 0 ~ 240 | 0 | 4/4 | Height of motion detection window. |
| win_i<0~2>_objsize | 0 ~ 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Percent of motion detection window. |
| win_i<0~2>_sensitivity | 0 ~ 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Sensitivity of motion detection window. |
Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile for m profile and n channel product (capability.nmotionprofile > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| i<0~(m-1)>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable profile 1 ~ (m-1). | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_policy | schedule | schedule | 4/4 | The mode which the profile is applied to. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_begintime | hh:mm | 18:00 | 4/4 | Begin time of schedule mode. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_endtime | hh:mm | 06:00 | 4/4 | End time of schedule mode. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable motion window. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_name | string[14] | 4/4 | Name of motion window. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_left | 0 ~ 320 | 0 | 4/4 | Left coordinate of window position. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_top 0 ~ 240 0 4/4 Top coordinate of | window position. | |||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_width 0 ~ 320 0 | 4/4 Width of motion | detection window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_height 0 ~ 240 0 | 4/4 Height of motion | detection window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_objsize | 0 ~ 100 | 0 | 4/4 | Percent of motion detection window. |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i<0~4>_sensitivity 0 ~ 100 | 0 4/4 Sensitivity of | motion detection window. | ||
7.10 Tampering detection settings
Group: tampering_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product (capability.tampering > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable or disable tamper detection. | |
| threshold | 0 ~ 255 | 32 | 1/7 | Threshold of tamper detection. |
| duration | 10 ~ 600 | 10 | 4/4 | If tampering value exceeds the ‘threshold’ for more than ‘duration’ second(s), then tamper detection is triggered. |
7.11 DDNS
Group: ddns (capability.ddns > 0)
| NAME VALUE | DEFAULT SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | Enable or disable the dynamic DNS. | |
| provider | Safe100, DyndnsDynamic, DyndnsCustom, CustomSafe100 | DyndnsDynamic | 6/6 | Safe100 => safe100.net DyndnsDynamic => dyndns.org (dynamic) DyndnsCustom => dyndns.org (custom) CustomSafe100 => Custom server using safe100 method |
| 颁布>_h ostname | string[128] | 6/6 | Your DDNS hostname. | |
| _use | string[64] | 6/6 | Your user name or email to login to | |
| rnameemail the DDNS service provider | ||||
| Economic passwordkey | string[64] | 6/6 Your password or key to login to the DDNS service provider. | ||
| Economic vername | string[128] | 6/6 The server name for safe100. (This field only exists if the provider is customsafe100) | ||
7.11.1 Express link
Group:expresslink
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable0 | 6/6 | Enable or disable express link. | ||
| state | onlycheck, onlyoffline, checkonline, badnetwork | 6/6 | “onlycheck”: You have to input the host name of your camera and press "Register" button to register it.“onlyoffline”: Express link is active, you can now connect to this camera at expresslink_url.“checkonline”: Express link is not active.“badnetwork”: Express Link is not supported under this network environment. | |
| url | string[64] | 6/6 | The URL to connect to this camera by express link. | |
7.12 UPnP presentation
Group: upnppresentation
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 1 | 6/6 | Enable or disable the UPnP presentation service. |
7.13 UPnP port forwarding
Group: upnpportforwarding
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| enable0 | 6/6 Enable or disable the UPnP port | forwarding service. | ||
| upnpnatstatus | 0~3 | 0 | 6/7 | The status of UPnP port forwarding, used internally.0 = OK, 1 = FAIL, 2 = no IGD router, 3 = no need for port forwarding |
7.14 System log
Group: syslog
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enableremotelog | <boolean> 0 | 6/6 Enable remote log. | ||
| serverip | 6/6 | Log server IP address. | ||
| serverport | 514, 1025~65535 | 514 | 6/6 | Server port used for log. |
| level | 0~7 6 | 6/6 Levels used to distinguish the importance of the information:0: LOG_EMERG1: LOG_ALERT2: LOG_CRIT3: LOG_ERR4: LOG_WARNING5: LOG_NOTICE6: LOG_INFO7: LOG_DEBUG | ||
| setparamlevel | 0~2 | 0 | 6/6 | Show log of parameter setting.0: disable1: Show log of parameter setting set from external.2. Show log of parameter setting set from external and internal. |
7.15 SNMP
Group: snmp (capability.snmp > 0)
| NAME VALUE DE | FAULT SECURITY | (get/sct) | DESCRIPTION | |
| v2 0~1 0 6/6 SNMP | v2 enabled. 0 for | disable, 1 | for enable | |
| v3 0~1 0 6/6 SNMP | v3 enabled. 0 for | disable, 1 | for enable | |
| secnamerw string[31] | Private 6/6 Read/write security name | |||
| secnamero string[31] | Public 6/6 | Read only security name | ||
| authpwrw | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read/write authentication password | |
| authpwro | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read only authentication password | |
| authtyperw | MD5,SHA | MD5 | 6/6 | Read/write authentication type |
| authtypero MD5,SHA | MD5 | 6/6 Read only authentication type | ||
| encryptpwrw | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read/write passwd | |
| encryptpwro | string[8~128] | 6/6 | Read only password | |
| encrypttyperw | DES | 6/6 | Read/write encryption type | |
| encrypttypero | DES | 6/6 | Read only encryption type | |
| rwcommunity | string[31] Private | 6/6 Read/write community | ||
| rocommunity | string[31] Public | 6/6 Ready only community | ||
7.16 Layout configuration
Group: layout
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURIT | Y(get/set) | DESCRIPTION | ||
| logo_default1 1/6 0 => Custom logo | 1 => Default logo | |||
| logo_link string[128] http://www. | vivotck.com | 1/6 Hyperlink of the logo | ||
| logo_powerbyvvtk_hidden <boolean> 0 1/6 0 => display the power by | vivotek logo1 => hide the power by vivotek logo | |||
| theme_option 1~4 1 1/6 1~3: One of the default themes. | 4: Custom definition. | |||
| theme_color_font | string[7] | #000000 | 1/6 | Font color |
| theme_color_configfont | string[7] | #ffffff | 1/6 | Font color of configuration area. |
| theme_color_titlefont | string[7] | #098bd6 | 1/6 | Font color of video title. |
| theme_color_controlbackground | string[7] | #c4eaff | 1/6 Background color of control area. | |
| theme_color_configbackground | string[7] | #0186d1 | 1/6 | Background color of configuration area. |
| theme_color_videobackground | string[7] | #c4eaff | 1/6 | Background color of video area. |
| theme_color_case | string[7] | #0186d1 | 1/6 | Frame color |
| custombutton_manualtrigger_show | <boolean> 1 | 1/6 Show or | hide manual trigger | (VI) button in homepage0 -> Hidden1 -> Visible |
7.17 Privacy mask
Group: privacymask_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product
| NAME VALUE DEF | FAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| enable0 4/4 Enable privacy mask. | ||||
| win_i<0~4>_enable | 0 | 4/4 | Enable privacy mask window. | |
| win_i<0~4>_name | string[14] | 4/4 | Name of the privacy mask window. | |
| win_i<0~4>_left | 0 ~ 320/352 | 0 | 4/4 | Left coordinate of window position. |
| win_i<0~4>_top | 0 ~ 240/288 | 0 | 4/4 | Top coordinate of window position. |
| win_i<0~4>_width | 0 ~ 320/352 | 0 | 4/4 | Width of privacy mask window. |
| win_i<0~4>_height | 0 ~ 240/288 | 0 | 4/4 | Height of privacy mask window. |
7.18 Capability
Group: capability
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| api_httpversion | 0300a | 0300a | 0/7 | The HTTP API version. |
| bootuptime | 60 | 0/7 | Server bootup time. | |
| nir | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of IR interfaces. (Recommend to use ir for built-in IR and extir for external IR) |
| npir | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of PIRs. |
| ndi | 0, | 0 | 0/7 | Number of digital inputs. |
| nvi | 0, | 3 | 0/7 | Number of virtual inputs(manual trigger) |
| ndo 0, | 0 0/7 Number of digital outputs. | |||
| naudioin 0, | 0 0/7 Number of audio inputs. | |||
| naudioout 0, | 0 0/7 Number of audio outputs. | |||
| nvideoin | integer> | 1 0/7 Number of video inputs. | ||
| nvidcoinprofile | integer> | 1 0/7 Number of video input | profiles. | |
| nmediastream | integer> | 3 0/7 Number of media stream | per channels. | |
| naudiosetting | integer> | 0 0/7 Number of audio settings | per channel. | |
| nuart 0, | 0 0/7 Number of UART | interfaces. | ||
| nmotion 0, | integer> | 3 0/7 Number of motion window. | ||
| nmotionprofile 0, | integer> | 1 0/7 Number of motion profiles. | ||
| ptzenabled 0, | integer> | 0 0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit | can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 => Built-in or external video source;0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation, 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt | |
| operation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 6 => Support iris operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 7 => External or built-in PT; 0(built-in),1(external)Bit 8 => Invalidate bit 1 ~ 7;0(bit 1 ~ 7 arc valid),1(bit 1 ~ 7 are invalid)Bit 9 => Reserved bit,always 1.Examples:PT8133: 0b1111SD8362: 0b111111VS8102: 0b10111101 | ||||
| windowless1 0/7 Indicate whether to support windowless plug-in. | ||||
| eptz 0,integer>1 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => stream 1 supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => stream 2 supports ePTZ or not.The rest may be deduced by analogy | ||||
| remotefocus0 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote focus function. | ||||
| npreset 0,integer>20 0/7 Number of preset locations. | ||||
| protocol_https1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | HTTP over SSL. | ||
| protocol_rtsp1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | RTSP. | ||
| protocol_sip0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | SIP. | ||
| protocol_maxconnection10 0/7 The maximum allowed integer | simultaneous connections. | ||
| protocol_maxgenconnection10 0/7 The maximum general integer | streaming connections . | ||
| protocol_rtp_multicast_ scalable | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | scalable multicast. | |
| protocol_rtp_multicast_ backchannel | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | backchannel multicast. | |
| protocol_rtp_tcp1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | RTP over TCP. | ||
| protocol_rtp_http | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | RTP over HTTP. | |
| protocol_spush_mjpeg | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | server push MJPEG. | |
| protocol_snmp | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | SNMP. | |
| protocol_ipv6 | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | IPv6. | |
| protocol_pppoe | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether to support PPPoE. |
| protocol_ieee8021x | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether to support IEEE802.1x. |
| protocol_qos_cos | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether to support CoS. |
| protocol_qos_dscp | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether to support QoS/DSCP. |
| protocol_ddns | 1 0/7 Indicate whether to support | DDNS. | |
| videoin_type | 0, 1, 2 | 2 0/7 0 => Interlaced CCD | 1 => Progressive CCD2 => CMOS |
| videoin_resolution | 176x144,384x216,0/7 Available resolutions list. | ||
| resolutionseparatedby commas> | 640x360,1280x720,1360x768,1600x904,1920x1080 | |||
| videoin_nresolution | < numberof availableresolutionlist> | 7 0/7 Available resolutions list. | ||
| videoin_maxframerate | availablemaximumframe rateseparatedby commas> | 30,30,30,30,15,15,15 | 0/7 Available maximum frame list. | |
| videoin_mjpeg_maxframerate | a list ofavailablemaximumframe rateseparatedby commas> | 30,30,30,30,15,15,15 | 0/7 Available maximum frame list. | |
| videoin_h264_maxframerate | list ofavailablemaximumframe rateseparatedby commas> | 30,30,30,30,15,15,15 | 0/7 Available maximum frame list. | |
| videoin_streamcodec < 1 ~ 15,1~15,1~15 (3 streams) > | 6,6,6 0/7 Available stream | codectype (Bit 0 ->mpeg4, Bit 1 -> mjpeg, Bit 2 -> h264, Bit 3 -> | ||
| svc). | ||||
| videoin_fov | 1920x1080 | 0/7 Available | crop size list. | |
| videoin_codec | mjpeg, h264 | mjpeg,h264 | 0/7 Available | codec list. |
| videoin_flexiblebitrate | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | flexible bitrate. | ||
| videoout_codec | - 0/7 Available codec list. | |||
| timeshift | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | time shift caching stream. | ||
| audio_aec0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | acoustic echo cancellation. | |||
| audio_mic0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | built-in microphone input. | |||
| audio_extmic0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | external microphone input. | |||
| audio_linein0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | external line input.(It will be replaced by audio_mic and audio_extmic.) | |||
| audio_lineout | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | line output. | ||
| audio_headphoneout0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | headphone output. | |||
| audioin_codec | g711, g726 g711, g726 0/7 Available codec list for audio input. | |||
| uart_httptunnel0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | ||||
| HTTP tunnel for UART transfer. | ||||
| camctrl_httptunnel0 | 0/7 The attribute indicates | whether sending camera control commands through HTTP tunnel is supported.0: Not supported1: Supported | ||
| camctrl_privilege1 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | “Manage Privilege” of PTZ control in the Security page.1: support both/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi and/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi0: support only/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi | ||
| transmission_mode | Tx,Rx,Both | Tx 0/7 Indicate transmission mode | of the machine: TX = server, Rx = receiver box, Both = DVR. | |
| network_wire1 0/7 | Indicate whether to support | Ethernet. | ||
| network_wireless0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless. | ||
| wireless_s802dot11b0 | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless 802.11b+. | ||
| wireless_s802dot11g0 | 0 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless 802.11g. | ||
| wireless_beginchannel 1~14 NULL 0/7 Indicate the begin channel | of wireless network | |||
| wireless_endchannel | 1~14 NULL | 0/7 Indicate the end channel of | wireless network | |
| wireless_encrypt_wep0 | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless WEP. | |
| wireless_encrypt_wpa0 | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | wireless WPA. | |
| wireless_encrypt_wpa20 | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | ||
| wireless WPA2. | ||||
| derivative_brand10/7 Indicate whether to supportthe upgrade function for the derivative brand. For example, if the value is true, the VVTK product can be upgraded to VVXX. (TCVV<->TCXX is excepted) | ||||
| evctrlchannel10/7 Indicate whether to supportHTTP tunnel for event/control transfer. | ||||
| joystick10/7 Indicate whether to supportjoystick control. | ||||
| storage_dbenabled10/7 Media files are indexed indatabase. | ||||
| nanystream 0,integer>00/7 number of any mediastream per channel | ||||
| iva00/7 Indicate whether to supportIntelligent Video analysis | ||||
| ir00/7 Indicate whether to supportbuilt-in IR led. | ||||
| extir00/7 Indicate whether to supportexternal IR led. | ||||
| whitelight00/7 Indicate whether to supportwhite light led. | ||||
| iris00/7 Indicate whether to supportiris control. | ||||
| tampering10/7 Indicate whether to supporttampering detection. | ||||
| temperature00/7 Indicate whether to supporttemperature detection. | ||||
| version_onvifdaemon | 1.7.1.12 | 0/7 | Indicate ONVIF daemon version | |
| version_onvifevent | 1.1.0.10 | 0/7 | Indicate ONVIF event version | |
| media_totalspace | 20000 | 0/7 Available | memory space (KB) for media. | |
| media_snapshot_sizepersecond | 500 0/7 Maximum size (KB) of one snapshot image. | |||
| media_snapshot_maxpreevent | 7 0/7 Maximum snapshot | number before event occurred. | ||
| media_snapshot_maxpostevent | 7 0/7 Maximum snapshot | number after event occurred. | ||
| media_vidoclip_maxsize | 4096 0/7 Maximum size (KB) of a videoclip. | |||
| media_vidoclip_maxlength | 20 0/7 Maximum length (second) of a videoclip. | |||
| media_vidoclip_maxpreevent | 9 0/7 Maximum duration | (second) after event occurred in a videoclip. | ||
| image_wdrc1 0/7 | Indicate whether to support | WDRC | ||
| image_iristype | dciris | 0/7 | Indicate iris type. | |
| image_focusassist | 0 | 0/7 Indicate whether to support | focus assist. | |
| localstorage_manageable | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether manageable local storage is supported. | |
| localstorage_seamless | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether seamless recording is supported. | |
| localstorage_modnum | 0, | 4 | 0/7 | The maximum MOD connection numbers. |
| localstorage_slconnum | 0, | 1 | 0/7 | The maximum seamless connection number. |
| adaptiverecording | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether to support adaptive recording. | |
| adaptivestreaming | 1 | 0/7 | Indicate whether to support adaptive streaming. | |
| supportsd | 1 | 0/7 Indicate | whether to support local storage. | |
| remotecamctrl_master 0, | 0 | 0/7 Indicate | whether to support remote auxiliary camera (master side), this value means supporting max number of auxiliary camera. | |
| remotecamctrl_slave | 0 | 0/7 Indicate | whether to support remote camera control (slave side). | |
| fisheye | 0 | 0/7 Indicate | where fisheye camera | |
| vadp | integer> | 7 0/7 An 32-bit integer, each | bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => VADP interfaceBit 1 => Capture video raw dataBit 2 => Support encode jpegBit 3 => Capture audio raw dataBit 4 => Support event triggerBit 5 => Support license registrationBit 6 => Support shared memory API | |
7.19 Customized event script
Group: event_customtaskfile_i<0\~2>
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| name | string[40] | NULL | 6/6 | Custom script identification of this entry. |
| date string[20] NULL 6/6 Date of custom script. | ||||
| time | string[20] | NULL | 6/6 | Time of custom script. |
7.20 Event setting
Group: event_i<0\~2>
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/sct) | DESCRIPTION | |
| name string[40] NULL | 6/6 Identification of this entry. | |||
| enable | 0, 1 | 0 | 6/6 | Enable or disable this event. |
| priority | 0, 1, 2 | 1 | 6/6 | Indicate the priority of this event: “0” = low priority“1” = normal priority“2” = high priority |
| delay | 1~999 | 20 | 6/6 | Delay in seconds before detecting the next event. |
| trigger | boot,motion,seq,recnotify,tampering,vi | boot | 6/6 Indicate the trigger condition: “boot” = System boot “motion” = Video motion detection “seq” = Periodic condition “recnotify” = Recording notification. “tampering” = Tamper detection. “vi”= Virtual input (Manual trigger) | |
| triggerstatus | String[40] | triggerstatus | 6/6 | The status for event trigger |
| vi | 0 | 6/6 | Indicate the source id of vi trigger. This field is required when trigger condition is “vi”. One bit represents one digital input. The LSB indicates VI 0. | |
| mdwin0 6/6 | Indicate the source window id of | motion detection.This field is required when trigger condition is “md”.One bit represents one window.The LSB indicates the 1^st window.For example, to detect the 1^st and 3^rd windows, set mdwin as 5. | |
| mdwin0 0 6/6 | Similar to mdwin. The parameter | takes effect when profile 1 of motion detection is enabled. | |
| inter 1~999 1 6/6 Interval of snapshots in minutes. | This field is used when trigger condition is “seq”. | ||
| weekday 0~127 127 6/6 | Indicate which weekday is scheduled. | One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66. | |
| begintime hh:mm 00:00 | 6/6 Begin time of the weekly schedule. | ||
| endtime | hh:mm 24:00 6/6 End time of the weekly schedule.(00:00 ~ 24:00 sets schedule as always on) | ||
| action_cf_enable | 0.1 0 6/6 Enable media write on CF or other | local storage media | |
| action_cf_folder | string[128] | NULL | 6/6 |
| action_cf_media | NULL, 0~4 | NULL | 6/6 |
| action_cf_datefolder | 1 | 6/6 | |
| action_cf_backup <boolean> 0 6/6 Enable the capability of backing up | recorded files to the SD card when network is lost.0: Disabled1: Enabled | |||
| action_server_i<0~4>_enable | 0, 1 0 6/6 Enable or disable this server action. | |||
| action_server_i<0~4>_media | NULL, 0~4 NULL 6/6 Index of the attached media. | |||
| action_server_i<0~4>_datefolder | 0 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically. | |||
7.21 Server setting for event action
Group: server_i<0\~4>
| PARAMETER VALUE | DEFAULT SEC | URITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| name | string[40] | NULL | 6/6 | Identification of this entry |
| type | email,ftp,http,ns | 6/6 Indicate the server type:“email” = email server“ftp” = FTP server“http” = HTTP server“ns” = network storage | ||
| http_url | string[128] | http:// | 6/6 | URL of the HTTP server to upload. |
| http_username | string[64] | NULL | 6/6 | Username to log in to the server. |
| http_passwd | string[64] | NULL 6/6 Password of the user. | ||
| ftp_address | string[128] | NULL 6/6 FTP server address. | ||
| ftp_username | string[64] | NULL | 6/6 | Username to log in to the server. |
| ftp_passwd | string[64] | NULL 6/6 Password of the user. | ||
| ftp_port | 0~65535 | 21 | 6/6 | Port to connect to the server. |
| ftp_location | string[128] | NULL | 6/6 | Location to upload or store the media. |
| ftp_passive | 0, 1 1 6/6 Enable or disable passive mode. | 0 = disable passive mode1 = enable passive mode | ||
| email_address string[128] | NULL 6/6 Email server address. | |||
| email_sslmode | 0, 1 0 6/6 Enable support SSL. | |||
| email_port 0~65535 25 6/6 Port to connect to the server. | ||||
| email_username string[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server. | ||||
| email_passwd string[64] NULL 6/6 Password of the user. | ||||
| email_senderemail string[128] NULL 6/6 Email address of the sender. | ||||
| email_recipientemail string[640] NULL 6/6 Email address of the recipient. | ||||
| ns_location string[128] NULL 6/6 Location to upload or store the media. | ||||
| ns_username string[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server. | ||||
| ns_passwd string[64] NULL 6/6 Password of the user. | ||||
| ns_workgroup | string[64] | NULL | 6/6 | Workgroup for network storage. |
7.22 Media setting for event action
Group: media_i<0\~4> (media_freespace is used internally.)
| PARAMETER | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| name | string[40] | NULL | 6/6 | Identification of this entry |
| type | snapshot, systemlog, videoclip, recordmsg | snapshot | 6/6 | Media type to send to the server or store on the server. |
| snapshot_source | 0 ~ 2 | 0 | 6/6 | Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc. |
| snapshot_prefix | string[16] | NULL | 6/6 | Indicate the prefix of the filename. |
| snapshot_datesuffix | 0, 1 | 0 | 6/6 | Add date and time suffix to filename:1 = Add date and time suffix.0 = Do not add. |
| snapshot_preevent | 0 ~ 7 | 1 | 6/6 | Indicates the number of pre-event images. |
| snapshot_postevent | 0 ~ 7 | 1 | 6/6 | The number of post-event images. |
| videoclip_source 0~2 0 | 6/6 Indicate the source of media | stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc. | |
| videoclip_prefix string[16] | NULL 6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename. | ||
| videoclip_preevent 0~9 | 0 6/6 Indicates the time for pre-event | recording in seconds. | |
| videoclip_maxduration 1 | ~20 5 6/6 Maximum duration of one video | clip in seconds. | |
| videoclip_maxsize 50~4 | 096 500 6/6 Maximum size of one video clip | file in Kbytes. |
7.23 Recording
Group: recording_i<0\~1>
| PARAMETER | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| name | string[40] | NULL | 6/6 | Identification of this entry. |
| enable | 0, 1 | 0 | 6/6 | Enable or disable this recording. |
| priority | 0, 1, 2 | 1 | 6/6 | Indicate the priority of this recording: “0” indicates low priority. “1” indicates normal priority. “2” indicates high priority. |
| source | 0~2 | 0 | 6/6 | Indicate the source of media stream. 0 means the first stream. 1 means the second stream and so on. |
| limitsize | 0,1 | 0 | 6/6 | 0: Entire free space mechanism 1: Limit recording size mechanism |
| cyclic | 0,1 | 0 | 6/6 | 0: Disable cyclic recording 1: Enable cyclic recording |
| notifynotifyserver 0~31 0 6/6 | 0,1Indicate which | 1notification server is | 6/6 | 0: Disable recording notification 1: Enable recording notificationscheduled.One bit represents one application server (server_i0~i4).bit0 (LSB) = server_i0.bit1 = server_i1.bit2 = server_i2.bit3 = server_i3.bit4 = server_i4.For example, enable server_i0, server_i2, and server_i4 as notification servers; the notifyserver value is 21. |
| weekday 0~127 127 6/6 | Indicate which | weekday is | scheduled.One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66. | |
| begintime hh:mm 00:00 | 6/6 Start time of the weekly schedule. | |||
| endtime hh:mm 24:00 6/6 End time of the weekly schedule. | (00:00~24:00 indicates schedule always on) | |||
| prefix string[16] NULL | 6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename. | |||
| cyclesize | 100~ | 100 | 6/6 | The maximum size for cycle recording in Kbytes when choosing to limit recording size. |
| reserveamountdest cf, | 0~150000000~4 | 100cf 6/6 The destination to store the | 6/6 | The reserved amount in Mbytes when choosing cyclic recording mechanism.recorded data.“cf” means local storage (CF or SD card).“0” means the index of the network storage. |
| cffder string[128] NULL 6/6 Folder name. | ||||
| trigger schedule, | networkfail | schedule 6/6 The event trigger type | schedule: The event is triggered by schedulenetworkfail: The event is triggered by the failure of network connection. | |
| adaptive_enable 0,1 0 6/6 Indicate whether the adaptive | recording is enabled | |||
| adaptive_preevent 0~9 5 | 6/6 Indicate when is the adaptive | recording started before the event trigger point (seconds) | ||
| adaptive_postevent | 0~10 5 6/6 Indicate when is the adaptive | recording stopped after the event trigger point (seconds) | ||
| maxsize | 100~2000 | 100 | 6/6 | Unit: Mega bytes.When this condition is reached, recording file is truncated. |
| maxduration | 60~3600 | 60 | 6/6 | Uuit: SecondWhen this condition is reached, recording file is truncated. |
7.24 HTTPS
Group: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 | To enable or disable secure HTTP. | |
| policy | 0 | 6/6 | If the value is 1, it will force HTTP connection redirect to HTTPS connection |
| method auto, | manual, install | Auto 6/6 auto => Create self-signed | |
| status -3 ~ 1 0 6/6 Specify the https status. | -3 = Certificate not installed-2 = Invalid public key-1 = Waiting for certificate0 = Not installed1 = Active | ||
| countryname string[2] TW 6/6 Country name in the certificate | information. | ||
| stateorprovincename string[128] Asia 6/6 State or province name in the | certificate information. | ||
| localityname string[128] Asia 6/6 The locality name in the | certificate information. | ||
| organizationname string[64] VIVOTEK Inc. | 6/6 Organization name in the certificate information. | ||
| unit string[64] VIVOTEK Inc. | 6/6 Organizational unit name in the certificate information. | ||
| commonname string[64] www.vivotek.com | 6/6 Common name in the certificate information. | ||
| validdays 0 ~ 3650 3650 | 6/6 | Valid period for the certification. | |
7.25 Storage management setting
Currently it's for local storage (SD card)
Group: disk_i<0\~(n-1)> n is the total number of storage devices. (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)
| PARAMETER | VALUE | Default | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| cyclic_enabled | 0 | 6/6 | Enable cyclic storage method. | |
| autocleanup_enabled | 0 | 6/6 | Enable automatic clean up method.Expired and not locked media files will be deleted. | |
| autocleanup_maxage | 7 6/6 | To specify the | expired days for automatic clean up. |
7.26 Region of interest
Group: roi_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product, and m is the number of streams which support ROI. (capability.eptz > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| s<0~(m-1)>_home "0~1744","0~936" | 0,0 1/6 ROI left-top corner coordinate. | ||
| s<0~(m-1)>_size "176~1920"x"144~1080" | 1920x1080 1/6 | ROI | width and height. The width value must be multiples of 16 and the height value must be multiples of 8 |
7.27 ePTZ setting
Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product. (capability.eptz > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| osdzoom | 1 | 1/4 | Indicates multiple of zoom in is “on-screen display” or not | |
| smooth | 1 | 1/4 | Enable the ePTZ "move smoothly" feature | |
| tiltspeed | -5 ~ 5 | 0 | 1/7 | Tilt speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) |
| panspeed | -5 ~ 5 | 0 | 1/7 | Pan speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) |
| zoomspeed | -5 ~ 5 | 0 | 1/7 Zoom speed | (It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) |
| autospeed | 1 ~ 5 | 1 | 1/7 | Auto pan/patrol speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) |
Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)> for n channel product and m is the number of streams which support ePTZ. (capability.eptz > 0)
| PARAMETER VALUE | Default SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| patrolseq string[120] | 1/4 The patrol sequence of ePTZ. All the patrol position indexes will be separated by "," | |||
| patroldwelling string[160] | 1/4 The dwelling time (unit: second) of each patrol point, separated by “,”. | |||
| preset_i<0~19>_name string[40] | 1/7 Name of ePTZ preset. | (It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | ||
| preset_i<0~19>_pos | 1/7 Left-top corner coordinate of the preset. (It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | |||
| preset_i<0~19>_size | 1/7 | Width and height of the preset. (It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.) | ||
7.28 Exposure window setting per channel
Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| mode | auto, custom, blc | auto | 6/6 | The mode indicates how to decide the exposure. auto: Use full view as the only one exposure window. custom: Use inclusive and exclusive window. blc: Use BLC. |
| win_i0_enable | 1 | 6/6 | Enable or disable the window. | |
| win_i0_policy | 0~1 | 1 | 6/6 | 0: Indicate exclusive. 1: Indicate inclusive. |
| win_i0_home | "0~288","0~208" | 80,60 | 6/6 | Left-top corner coordinate of the window. |
| win_i0_size | "0~320"x"0~240" | 160x120 | 6/6 | Width and height of the window. |
Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile for m profile and n channel product
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_mode auto, custom, blc | auto 6/6 The mode | indicates how to decide the exposure.auto: Use full view as the only one exposure window.custom: Use inclusive and exclusive window.blc: Use BLC. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_enable <boolean> 1 6/6 Enable or disable | the window. | ||
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_policy 0~1 | 1 6/6 0: Indicate | exclusive.l: Indicate inclusive. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_home | (80, 60) | 6/6 Left-top corner coordinate of the window. | |
| i<0~(m-1)>_win_i0_size | (160x120) | 6/6 Width and height of the window. | |
7.29 Seamless recording setting
Group: seamlessrecording (capability.localstorage.seamless > 0)
| PARAMETER | VALUE | Default | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| diskmode | scamless, manageable | scamless | 1/6 | “scamless” indicates enable seamless recording.“manageable” indicates disable seamless recording. |
| maxconnection | 3 | 3 | 1/6 | Maximum number of connected seamless streaming. |
| stream | 0~3 | 1 | 1/6 | (Internal used, read only) |
| outputenable0 1/6 Indicate whether seamlessrecording is recording to local storage or not at present.(Read only) | 0~30 1/6 | 2Indicate whether seamless | 1/6 | (Internal used, read only)recording is recording to local storage or not at present.(Read only) |
| guid<0~2>_id string[127]1/6 The connected seamless streaming ID.(Read only) | 1/6 | The connected seamless streaming ID. | ||
| guid<0~2>_number 0~3 0 1/6 Number of connected seamlessstreaming with guid<0~2>_id.(Read only) | 3 0 1/6 | Number of connected seamless |
7.30 VIVOTEK Application Development Platform setting
Group: vadp
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| version | 1.1.0.0 | 6/7 | Indicate the VADP version. | |
| resource_total_video | 1 | 6/7 | Indicate total video resource number of the system. | |
| resource_total_audio | 0 | 6/7 | Indicate total audio resource number of the system. | |
| resource_total_do | 0 | 6/7 | Indicate total DO resource number of the system. | |
| resource_total_memory | 24576 | 6/7 | Indicate total available memory size for VADP modules. | |
| resource_total_storage | 0 | 6/7 | Indicate total size of the internal storage space for storing VADP modules. | |
| resource_free_video | 1 | 6/7 | Indicate free video resource number of the system. | |
| resource_free_audio | 0 | 6/7 | Indicate free audio resource number of the system. | |
| resource_free_do | 0 6/7 Indicate free DO resource | number of the system. | ||
| resource_free_memory | 24576 | 6/7 Indicate free memory size | for VADP modules. | |
| resource_free_storage | 0 6/7 Indicate current free | storage size for uploading VADP modules. | ||
| module_number | 0 6/7 Record | the total module | number that already stored in the system. | |
| module_order | string[40] | 6/6 The execution order of the enabled modules. | ||
| module_save2sd | 1 6/7 Indicate if the module | should be saved to SD card when user want to upload it.If the value is false, save module to the internal storage space and it will occupy storage size. | ||
Group: vadp_module_i<0\~(n-1)>
| NAME | VALUE | DEFAULT | SECURITY (get/set) | DESCRIPTION |
| enable | 0 | 6/6 Indicate if the module is | enabled or not.If yes, also add the index of this module to the module_order. | |
| name | string[40] | 6/6 Module name | ||
| url | string[120] | 6/6 Define the URL | stringafter the IP address if the module provides it own web page. | |
| vender | string[40] | 6/6 The provider of the module. | ||
| vendorurl | string[120] | 6/6 URL of the vendor. | ||
| version | string[40] | 6/6 Version of the module. | ||
| license | string[40] | 6/6 Indicate the license status | ||
| of the module. | ||||
| path | string[40] | Record the storage path of the module. | ||
| initscr | string[40] | The script that will handle operation commands from the system. | ||
| status | string[40] | Indicate the running status of the module. | ||
7.31 GENETEC info
Group: genetec
| NAME VALUE DEFAULT | LTS SECURITY | (get/set) | DESCRIPTION | |
| image_contrast | 50 7/7 Only for genetec omnicast | |||
| image_brightness | 0 7/7 Only for genetec omnicast | |||
| motion_i<0~2> | 0,0,0,0 | 7/7 Only for genetec omnicast | ||
8. Useful Functions
8.1 Capture Single Snapshot
Note: This request requires Normal User privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg?[channel=<value>]&resolution=<value>]&quality=<value>]&streamid=<value>
If the user requests a size larger than all stream settings on the server, this request will fail.
| PARAMETER | VALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel 0~(n-1) | 0 The channel number of the video source. | ||
| resolutionavailable resolution> | 0 The resolution of the image. | ||
| quality 1~5 3 | The quality of the image. | ||
| streamid 0~(m-1) | 0 The stream number. | ||
The server will return the most up-to-date snapshot of the selected channel and stream in JPEG format. The size and quality of the image will be set according to the video settings on the server.
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: image/jpeg\r\n
[Content-Length:
8.2 Account Management
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://
method=
[&privilege=
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| method Add Add | an account to the server | When using this method, the “username” field is necessary. It will use the default value of other fields if not specified. |
| Delete Remove an account from the server. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and others are ignored. | ||
| edit Modify the account password and privilege. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and other fields are optional. If not specified, it will keep the original settings. | ||
| username | The name of the user to add, delete, or edit. | |
| userpass | The password of the new user to add or that of the old user to modify. The default value is an empty string. | |
| Privilege | The privilege of the user to add or to modify. | |
| viewer | Viewer privilege. | |
| operator | Operator privilege. | |
| admin | Administrator privilege. | |
| Return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page. | |
8.3 System Logs
Note: This request require Administrator privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://
Server will return the most up-to-date system log.
Return:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length:
\r\n
<system log information>\r\n
8.4 Upgrade Firmware
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upgrade.cgi
Post data:
fimage=<file name>[&return=<return page>]\r\n\r\n<multipart encoded form data>
Server will accept the file named
8.5 ePTZ Camera Control
Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>]
Example:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&vx=2&vy=2&vz=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&x=100&y=100&
videosize=640x480&resolution=640x480&stretch=0
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of video source. | ||
| stream <0~(m-1)> Stream. | ||
| move home Move to home ROI. | ||
| auto | pan | Auto pan. |
| patrol | Auto patrol. | |
| stop | Stop auto pan/patrol. | |
| zoom wide | Zoom larger view with current speed. | |
| tele | Zoom further with current speed. | |
| zooming | wide or tele | Zoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control. |
| zs | 0 ~ 6 | Set the speed of zooming, “0” means stop. |
| vx | The direction of movement, used for joystick control. | |
| vy | ||
| vs | 0 ~ 7 | Set the speed of movement, “0” means stop. |
| x | x-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement. | |
| y | y-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement. | |
| videosize | The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page | |
| resolution | The resolution of streaming. | |
| stretch | 0 indicates that it uses resolution (streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it uses videosize (plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system. | |
| speedpan | -5 ~ 5 | Set the pan speed. |
| speedtilt -5 ~ 5 | Set the tilt speed. | |
| speedzoom -5 ~ 5 | Set the zoom speed. | |
| speedapp 1 ~ 5 | Set the auto pan/patrol speed. | |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. | |
8.6 ePTZ Recall
Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eRecall.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>&recall=<value>[&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel | <0~(n-1)> | Channel of the video source. |
| stream | <0~(m-1)> | Stream. |
| recall | Text string less than 40 characters | One of the present positions to recall. |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. | |
8.7 ePTZ Preset Locations
Note: This request requires Operator privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/ePreset.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>[&addpos=<value>][&delpos=<value>][&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of the video source. | ||
| stream <0~(m-1)> Stream. | ||
| addpos | ing less than40 characters> | Add one preset location to the preset list. |
| delpos | ing less than40 characters> | Delete preset location from the preset list. |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. | |
8.8 IP Filtering
Note: This request requires Administrator access privileges.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
| http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add&ip=[&index=][&return=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del&index=[&return=] | ||
| PARAMETER | VALUE | DESCRIPTION |
| type | NULL | Get IP filter type |
| allow, deny | Set IP filter type | |
| method | addv4 | Add IPv4 address into access list. |
| addv6 | Add IPv6 address into access list. | |
| delv4 | Delete IPv4 address from access list. | |
| delv6 Delete IPv6 address from access list. | ||
| ip | Single address:Network address:Range address: | |
| index | The start position to add or to delete. | |
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page. | |
8.9 Event/Control HTTP Tunnel Channel
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: GET and POST
Syntax:
http://
GET /cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma: no-cache
cache-control: no-cache
POST /cgi-bin/admin/ ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma : no-cache
cache-control : no-cache
content-length: 32767
expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT
User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through the proxy server.
This channel will help perform real-time event subscription and notification as well as camera control more efficiently. The event and control formats are described in another document.
See Event/control tunnel spec for detail information
8.10 Get SDP of Streams
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Method: GET
Syntax:
http://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname>
“m” is the stream number.
“network_accessname_<0\~(m-1)>” is the accessname for stream “1” to stream “m”. Please refer to the “subgroup of network: rtsp” for setting the accessname of SDP.
You can get the SDP by HTTP GET.
When using scalable multicast, Get SDP file which contains the multicast information via HTTP.
8.11 Open the Network Stream
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Syntax:
For HTTP push server (MJPEG):
http://<servername>/<network_http_s<0~m-1>_accessname>
For RTSP (MP4), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.
rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname>
“m” is the stream number.
For details on streaming protocol, please refer to the “control signaling” and “data format” documents.
8.12 Storage managements
Note: This request requires administrator privileges.
Method: GET and POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=<cmd_type>[&<parameter>=<value>...]
The commands usage and their input arguments are as follows.
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| cmd_type | Required. | Command to be executed, including search, insert, delete, update, and queryStatus. |
Command: search
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| label | Optional. | The integer primary key column will automatically be assigned a unique integer. |
| triggerType | Optional. | Indicate the event trigger type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='motion'Support trigger types are product dependent. |
| mediaType | Optional. | Indicate the file media type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='videoclip'Support trigger types are product dependent. |
| destPath | Optional. | Indicate the file location in camera.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. destPath='/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/abc.mp4' |
| resolution | Optional. | Indicate the media file resolution.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. resolution='800x600' |
| isLocked | Optional.Indicate if the file is locked or not.0: file is not locked.1: file is locked.A locked file would not be removed from UI or cyclic storage. | |
| triggerTime | Optional. | Indicate the event trigger time. (not the file created time)Format is “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS”Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. triggerTime=’2008-01-01 00:00:00’If you want to search for a time period, please apply “TO” operation.Ex. triggerTime=’2008-01-01 00:00:00’+TO+’2008-01-01 23:59:59’ is to search for records from the start of Jan 1st2008 to the end of Jan 1st2008. |
| limit | Optional. | Limit the maximum number of returned search records. |
| offset | Optional. | Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Note that the offset keyword is used after limit keyword. |
To increase the flexibility of search command, you may use “OR” connectors for logical “OR” search operations. Moreover, to search for a specific time period, you can use “TO” connector.
Ex. To search records triggered by motion or di or sequential and also triggered between 2008-01-01 00:00:00 and 2008-01-01 23:59:59.
http://
Command: delete
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| label <integer primary key> Required. | Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1 | |
Ex. Delete records whose key numbers are 1, 4, and 8.
http://
Command: update
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| label <integer primary key> Required. | Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1 | |
| isLocked <boolean> Required. | Indicate if the file is locked or not. | |
Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 1 and 5 to be locked status.
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=1&label=1&label=5
Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 2 and 3 to be unlocked status.
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=0&label=2&label=3
8.12.1 Return Message
The returned results are always in XML format, except for storage status related elements that can be returned in javascript format. (i.e. status, totalSize,_freeSize, and usefulness.)
The elements are listed as follows.
Group: stormgr
| Element name | Type Description | ||
| counts | Integer> Total number of matched records. | ||
| limit | Limit the maximum number of returned search records.Could be empty if not specified. | ||
| offset | Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Could be empty if not specified. | ||
| statusCode | The reply status (see table below) | ||
| Value of return-code | Description | ||
| 200 | OK | ||
| 400 | Unrecognized Message Type/Content | ||
| 500 | Server executes command error. | ||
| 501 | Parse Input Message Failed. | ||
| 502 | Error Occurs When Searching Database. | ||
| 503 | Storage is Not Ready. | ||
| statusString | string | Return string describing the reason that status code is not OK. | |
Subgroup of stormgr: i<0\~(n-1)>: n is the total number of displayed records.
| Element name Type Description | |
| labelA unique integer. | |
| triggerTypeIndicate the event trigger type. | |
| mediaTypeIndicate the file media type. | |
| destPathIndicate the file location in camera. | |
| resolutionIndicate the media file resolution. | |
| isLockedIndicate if the file is locked or not. | |
| triggerTimeIndicate the event trigger time.Format is “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS” | |
| backupIndicate if the file is generated when network loss. | |
Subgroup of stormgr_disk: i<0\~(n-1)>: n is the total number of storage devices.
| Element name | Type Description | |
| name | string | Description of specified storage device. |
| status | ready, detached, error, and readonly | The storage device status.ready: storage is ready for access.detached: storage is not mounted.error: failed to open storage device.readonly: storage is write protected. |
| totalSize | The overall storage size in kilobytes. | |
| freeSize | The available storage size in kilobytes. | |
| usedSize | The used storage size in kilobytes. | |
| path | string | Location of database of storage sink |
Ex. Returned results of search command
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1" ?>
<stormgr version="0.0.0.1">
<counts>5</counts>
<limit>2</limit>
<offset>0</offset>
<i0>
<label>1</label>
<triggerType>motion</triggerType>
<mediaType>videoclip</mediaType>
<destPath>/mnt/auto/NCMF/abc/abc.jpg</destPath>
<resolution>800x600</resolution>
<isLocked>0</isLocked>
<triggerTime>2009-01-24 12:00:00</triggerTime>
</count>
</stormgr>
</stormgr>
<backup>0</backup>
</i0>
<i1>
<label>2</label>
<triggerType>di</triggerType>
<mediaType>snapshot</mediaType>
<destPath>/mnt/auto/NCMF/123/123.jpg</destPath>
<resolution>800x600</resolution>
<isLocked>0</isLocked>
<triggerTime>2009-01-24 12:01:00</triggerTime>
<backup>0</backup>
</i1>
</stormgr>
Ex. Local storage status in XML format.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1" ?>
<stormgr version="0.0.0.1">
<disk>
<i0>
<name>SDcard</name>
<status>ready</status>
<totalSize>7824444</totalSize>
<freeSize>7824388</freeSize>
<usedSize>56</usedSize>
</i0>
</disk>
</stormgr>
Ex. Local storage status in javascript format.
disk_i0_name='SDcard'
disk_i0_status='ready'
disk_i0_totalSize='7824444'
disk_i0_freeSize='7824388'
disk_i0_usedSize='56'
disk_i0_path=i0/NCMF/.db/.localStorage.db
Command: queryStatus
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| retType xml or javascript Optional. | Ex. retype=javascriptThe default return message is in XML format. | |
| Ex. Query local storage status and call for javascript format return message.http://cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=queryStatus&retType=javascript | ||
| There are two cgi commands for download and composing jpegs to avi format.For download single selected file, you can use "/cgi-bin/admin/downloadMedias.cgi". Just assign the request file path to this cgi.Syntax:http://cgi-bin/admin/downloadMedias.cgi?Theis in querystus return message.Ex.http://cgi-bin/admin/downloadMedias.cgi?/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/20090310/07/02.mp4For creating an AVI file by giving a list of JPEG files, you can use "/cgi-bin/admin/jpegtoavi.cgi".Syntax:http://cgi-bin/admin/jpegtoavi.cgi?==x&&==&= | ||
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| resolutionxResolution | ||
| fpsFrame rate | ||
| listThe JPEG file list. | The file path should be embraced by single quotation marks | |
| Ex.http://cgi-bin/admin/jpegtoavi.cgi?resolution=800x600&fps=1&list='/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/video1650.jpg','/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/video1651.jpg','/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/video1652.jpg', | ||
8.13 Virtual input
Note: Change virtual input (manual trigger) status.
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=<value>[&vi1=<value>][&vi2=<value>]
[&return=<return page>]
| PARAMETER | VALUE | DESCRIPTION |
| vi<num> state[(duration)nstate] | Where "state" is 0, 1. “0” means inactive or normal state while “1” means active or triggered state.Where "nstate" is next state after duration. | Ex: vi0=1Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state |
| Ex: vi0=0(200)1Setting virtual input 0 to normal state, waiting 200 milliseconds, setting it to trigger state.Note that when the virtual input is waiting for next state, it cannot accept new requests. | ||
| return | Redirect to the pageafter the request is completely assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page. |
| Return Code Description | |
| 200 The request is successfully executed. | |
| 400 The request cannot be assigned, ex. incorrect parameters.Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(10000)1(15000)0(20000)1No multiple duration.2. setvi.cgi?vi3=0VI index is out of range.3. setvi.cgi?vi=1No VI index is specified. | |
| 503 The resource is unavailable, ex. Virtual input is waiting for next state. | |
| Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(15000)12. setvi.cgi?vi0=1Request 2 will not be accepted during the execution time(15 seconds). | |
8.14 Open Timeshift Stream
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Syntax:
For HTTP push server (MJPEG):
http://<servername>/<network_http_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>]
For RTSP (MP4 and H264), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.
rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>]
“n” is the channel index.
“m” is the timeshift stream index.
For details on timeshift stream, please refer to the "TimeshiftCaching" documents.
| PARAMETER | VALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION | ||
| maxsft | 0 Request cached stream at most how many seconds integer. | ||
| tsmode normal,adaptive | normal Streaming mode:normal => Full FPS all the time.adaptive => Default send only I-frame for MP4 and H.264, and send 1 FPS for MJPEG. If DI or motion window are triggered, the streaming is changed to send full FPS for 10 seconds.(*Note: this parameter also works on non-timeshift streams.) | ||
| reftime mm:ss | The time | camera receives the request. | Reference time for maxsft and minsft.(This provides more precise time control to eliminate the inaccuracy due to network latency.)Ex: Request the streaming from 12:20rtsp://10.0.0.1/live.sdp?maxsft=10&reftime=12:30 |
| forcechk N/A | N/A | Check if the requested stream enables timeshift, | |
| feature and if minsft is achievable.If false, return “415 Unsupported Media Type”. | |||
| minsft | integer> | 0 How many seconds of cached stream client can accept at least.(Used by forcechk) | |
| Return Code Description | |
| 400 Bad Request Request is rejected because some parameter values are illegal. | |
| 415 Unsupported Media Type R | Returned, if forcechk appears, when minsft is not achievable or the timeshift feature of the target stream is not enabled. |
8.15 Export Files
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: GET
Syntax:
For daylight saving time configuration file:
http://
For language file:
http://
| PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION | ||
| currentlanguage | 0~20 | Available language lists.Please refer to:system_info_language_i0 ~ system_info_language_i19. |
For setting backup file:
http://
8.16 Upload Files
Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.
Method: POST
Syntax:
For daylight saving time configuration file:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_dst.cgi
Post data:
filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data>
For language file:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_lan.cgi
Post data:
filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data>
For setting backup file:
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_backup.cgi
Post data:
filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data>
Server will accept the file named
8.17 Media on demand
Media on demand allows users to select and receive/watch/listen to metadata/video/audio contents on demand.
Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.
Syntax:
rtsp://<servername>/mod.sdp?[&stime=<value>][&etime=<value>][&length=<value>][&loctime=<value>][&file=<value>][&tsmode=<value>]
| PARAMETER | VALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION | ||
| stime | MMDD_HHMMSS.MMM> | N/A Start time. | |
| etime | MMDD_HHMMSS.MMM> | N/A End time. | |
| length | N/A The length of media of interest. | The unit is second. | |
| loctime | 0 Specify if start/end | time is local | time format.1 for local time, 0 for UTC+0 |
| file | N/A The media file to be played. | ||
| tsmode | N/A Timeshift mode, the unit is second. |
Ex.
| stime | ctime | length | file | Description |
| V | V | X | X | Play recordings between stime and etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&etime=2011_0312_040510.000 |
| V X | V | X | Play recordings for length seconds which start from stimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&length=120 | |
| X V | V | X | Play recordings for length seconds which ends at etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?etime=20110312_040400.000&length=120 | |
| X X | X | V | Play file filertp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?filename=/mnt/link0/ |
Technical Specifications
| Model | IB8156-C (Cable Management) |
| IB8156-G (G Bracket) | |
| System Information | |
| CPU | Multimedia SoC (System-on-Chip) |
| Flash | 16MB |
| RAM | 256MB |
| Camera Features | |
| Image Sensor | 1/3" Progressive CMOS |
| Maximum Resolution | 1280 x1024 |
| Lens Type | Fixed-focal |
| Focal Length | f = 3.6 mm |
| Aperture | F1.8 |
| Field of View | 77" (horizontal) |
| 61" (vertical) | |
| 101" (diagonal) | |
| Shutter Time | 1/5 sec. to 1/32,000 sec |
| Minimum Illumination | 0.2 Lux @ F1.8 |
| On-board Storage | MicroSD/SDHC/SDXC card slot |
Video
| Compression | H.264 & MJPEG |
| Maximum Frame Rate | 30 fps @ 1280x1024In both compression |
| Maximum Streams | 3 simultaneous streams |
| S/N Ratio | Above 53 dB |
| Video Streaming | Adjustable resolution, quality and bitrateConfigurable video cropping for bandwidth saving |
| Image Settings | Adjustable image size, quality and bit rateTime stamp, text overlay, flip & mirrorConfigurable brightness, contrast, saturation, sharpness, white balance, exposure control, gain, backlight compensation, privacy masksScheduled profile settings |
Network
| Users | Live viewing for up to 10 clients |
| Protocols | IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP/RTCP, ICMP, SMTP, FTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, PPPoE, CoS, QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP, ICMP |
| Interface | 10Base-T/100 BaseTX Ethernet (RJ-45) |
| ONVIF | Supported, specification available at www.onvif.org |
Intelligent Video
| Video Motion Detection | Triple-window video motion detection |
Alarm and Event
| Alarm Triggers | Video motion detection, manual trigger, digital input, periodical trigger, system boot, recording notification, camera tampering detection |
| Alarm Events | Event notification using digital output, HTTP, SMTP, FTP and NAS serverFile upload via HTTP, SMTP, FTP and NAS server |
General
| Connectors | RJ 45 for Network/PoE connection |
| LED Indicator | System power and status indicator |
| Power Input | IEEE 802.3af PoE Class 1 |
| Power Consumption | Max. 2.3 W |
| Dimensions | ∅: 32 mm x 117 mm (w/o bracket) |
| Weight | Net: 83 g (Body Only)108 g (IB8156-C)178 g (IB8156 G) |
| Safety Certifications | CE, LVD, FCC Class 8, VCCI, C-Tick |
| Operating Temperature | Starting Temperature: -10°C ~ 40°C (14 F~ 104 F)Working Temperature: -20°C ~ 40°C (4°F~ 104°F) |
| Warranty | 24 months |
System Requirements
| Operating System | Microsoft Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000 |
| Web Browser | Mozilla Firefox 7-10 (streaming only)Internet Explorer 7.x,8.x,9.x,10.x |
| Other Players | VLC: 1.1.11 or aboveQuickTime: 7 or above |
Included Accessories
| Others | Quick installation guide, warranty card, alignment sticker, ceiling mount bracket, wall-mount bracket |
Dimensions
· IB 8156 - C · IB 8156 - G

Compatible Accessories
PoE Kits

POE-IJ-1748NDN
802.3af Compliant PoE Injector

AW-FED-0500
4-port Unmanaged PoE Switch
All specifications are subject to change without notice. Copyright © VIVOTEK INC. All rights reserved.
Distributed by:
Ver 1.3

VIVOTEK INC. VIVOTEK USA
6F, No.192, Lien-Cheng Rd., Chung-Ho,
New Taipei City, 235, Taiwan, R.O.C.
T: +886-2-82455282 F: +686-2-82455532
E. sales@vivotek.com
2050 Ringwood Avenue,
San Jose, CA 95131
T: 408-773-8686 F: 408-773-8296
E salesusa@vivotek.com
VIVOTEK Europe
Randstad 22-133, 1316BW Almere.
The Netherlands
T:+31(0)36-5298-434
E: saleseurope@vivotek.com
Technical Specifications
| Model | IB8168-C (Cable Management)IB8168-G (G Bracket) |
| System Information | |
| CPU | Multimedia SoC (System-on-Chip) |
| Flash | 16MB |
| RAM | 256MB |
| Camera Features | |
| Image Sensor | 1/2.7" Progressive CMOS |
| Maximum Resolution | 1920x1080 |
| Lens Type | Fixed focal |
| Focal Length | f = 3.6 mm |
| Aperture | F1.8 |
| Field of View | 97" (horizontal)52" (vertical)113 (diagonal) |
| Shutter Time | 1/5 sec. to 1/32,000 sec |
| Minimum Illumination | 0.58 Lux @ F1.8 |
| On-board Storage | MicroSD/SDHC/SDXC card slot |
| Video | |
| Compression | H.264 & MJPEG |
| Maximum Frame Rate | 15 fps @ 1920x108030 fps @ 1280x720In both compression |
| Maximum Streams | 3 simultaneous streams |
| S/N Ratio | Above 53 dB |
| Video Streaming | Adjustable resolution, quality and bitrateConfigurable video cropping for bandwidth saving |
| Image Settings | Adjustable image size, quality and bit rateTime stamp, text overlay, flip & mirrorConfigurable brightness, contrast, saturation, sharpness, white balance, exposure control, gain, backlight compensation, privacy masksScheduled profile settings |
| Network | |
| Users | Live viewing for up to 10 clients |
| Protocols | IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP/RTCP, IGMP, SMTP, FTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, PPPoE, CoS, QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP, ICMP |
| Interface | 10Base-T/100 BaseTX Ethernet (RJ-45) |
| ONVIF | Supported, specification available at www.onvif.org |
Intelligent Video
| Video Motion Detection | Triple-window video motion detection |
Alarm and Event
| Alarm Triggers | Video motion detection, manual trigger, digital input, periodical trigger, system boot, recording notification, camera tampering detection |
| Alarm Events | Event notification using digital output, HTTP, SMTP, FTP and NAS serverFile upload via HTTP, SMTP, FTP and NAS server |
General
| Connectors | RJ 45 for Network/PoE connection |
| LED Indicator | System power and status indicator |
| Power Input | IEEE 802.3af PoE Class I |
| Power Consumption | Max. 2.3 W |
| Dimensions | : 32 mm x 117 mm (w/o bracket) |
| Weight | Net: 83 g (Body Only) |
| 108 g (IIB168-C) | |
| 178 g (IIB168-G) |
| Safety Certifications | CE, LVD, FCC Class B, VCCI, C-Tick |
| Operating Temperature | Starting Temperature: -10°C ~ 40°C (14°F~ 104°F) |
| Working Temperature: -20°C ~ 40°C (-4°F~ 104°F) | |
| Warranty | 24 months |
System Requirements
| Operating System | Microsoft Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000 |
| Web Browser | Mozilla Firefox 7~10 (streaming only)Internet Explorer 7.x,8.x,9.x,10.x |
| Other Players | VLC: 1.1.11 or aboveQuickTime: 7 or above |
Included Accessories
| Others | Quick installation guide, warranty card, alignment sticker, ceiling mount bracket, wall-mount bracket |
Dimensions
Compatible Accessories
PoE Kits

POE-IJ-1748NDN
802.3af Compliant PoE Injector

AW-FED-0500
4-port Unmanaged PoE Switch
All specifications are subject to change without notice. Copyright © VIVOTEK INC. All rights reserved.
Distributed by:

VIVOTEK
VIVOTEK INC. VIVOTEK USA
6F, No.192, Lien-Cheng Rd., Chung-Ho,
New Taipei City, 235, Taiwan, R.O.C.
T: 1886 2 82455282 F: 1886 2 82455532
E: sales@vivotek.com
2050 Ringwood Avenue,
San Jose, CA 95131
T: 408 773 8686 F: 408 773 8298
E: salesusa@vivotek.com
VIVOTEK Europe
Randstad 22-133, 13168W Almere,
The Netherlands
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 AAC AUDIO PATENT LICENSE. THIS PRODUCT MAY NOT BE DECOMPILED, REVERSE-ENGINEERED OR COPIED, EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO PC SOFTWARE, OF WHICH YOU MAY MAKE SINGLE COPIES FOR ARCHIVAL PURPOSES. FOR MORE INFORMATION, PLEASE REFER TO HTTP://WWW.VIALICENSING.COM.
AMR-NB Standard
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AMR-NB STANDARD PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT. WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, THE FOLLOWING LICENSORS' PATENTS MAY APPLY:
TELEFONAKIEBOLAGET ERICSSON AB: US PAT. 6192335; 6275798; 6029125; 6424938; 6058359. NOKIA CORPORATION: US PAT. 5946651; 6199035. VOICEAGE CORPORATION: AT PAT. 0516621; BE PAT. 0516621; CA PAT. 2010830; CH PAT. 0516621; DE PAT. 0516621; DK PAT. 0516621; ES PAT. 0516621; FR PAT. 0516621; GB PAT. 0516621; GR PAT. 0516621; IT PAT. 0516621; LI PAT. 0516621; LU PAT. 0516621; NL PAT. 0516621; SE PAT 0516621; US PAT 5444816; AT PAT. 819303/AT E 198805T1; AU PAT. 697256; BE PAT. 819303; BR PAT. 9604838-7; CA PAT. 2216315; CH PAT. 819303; CN PAT. ZL96193827.7; DE PAT. 819303/DE69611607T2; DK PAT. 819303; ES PAT. 819303; EP PAT. 819303; FR PAT. 819303; GB PAT. 819303; IT PAT. 819303; JP PAT. APP. 8-529817; NL PAT. 819303; SE PAT. 819303; US PAT. 5664053. THE LIST MAY BE UPDATED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LICENSORS AND A CURRENT VERSION OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE ON LICENSOR'S WEBSITE AT HTTP://WWW.VOICEAGE.COM.
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
FCC Statement
This device compiles with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions.
■ This device may not cause harmful interference, and
■ This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a partial installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
■ Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
■ Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
■ Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
■ Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Shielded interface cables must be used in order to comply with emission limits.
CE Mark Warning
This is a Class B product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
VCCI Warning
VIVOTEK Inc. cannot be held responsible for any technical or typographical errors and reserves the right to make changes to the product and manuals without prior notice. VIVOTEK Inc. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to the material contained within this document, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose.